Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Technical Product Specification Intel order number C91056-002 Revision 2.1 October, 2006 Enterprise Platforms and Services Division - Marketing Revision History Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Revision History Date May 2004 Revision Number 0.5 Modifications September 2004 0.9 Updated and added many diagrams, removed support for the Active Riser, added support and documentation for the low-profile riser slot, updated the riser card and add-in card support sections, added support and documentation for a second channel IDE, updated BIOS Setup tables to match the latest BIOS, updated the entire Server Management section, corrected connector designations, updated the "Integration and Usage Tips" section, removed all references to the IMM and removed supported features of the IMM (IMM is not supported on this Server Board), updated the baseboard jumper sections. October 2004 1.0 Removed Preliminary and Confidential labels, removed requirement of Fullheight Riser slots to be populated before low-profile slot, updated Server Management diagrams to allow them to be printed, updated the jumper block diagrams and pin assignments, removed "J3K4" connector, corrected miscellaneous typos, and added document order number. March 2005 1.9 Added references for the DDR2 version of the Server Board SE7320VP2, removed references to "Memory Mirroring" (as it is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2), changed references to SATA-100 to SATA-150, made other minor edits. April 2005 2.0 Released version October 2006 2.1 Revise: BIOS supports Console Redirection. Preliminary Release based off of the SE7520JR2 Technical Product Specification revision 0.5. Revision 2.1 ii Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Disclaimers Disclaimers Information in this document is provided in connection with Intel(R) products. No license, express or implied, by estoppel or otherwise, to any intellectual property rights is granted by this document. Except as provided in Intel's Terms and Conditions of Sale for such products, Intel assumes no liability whatsoever, and Intel disclaims any express or implied warranty, relating to sale and/or use of Intel products including liability or warranties relating to fitness for a particular purpose, merchantability, or infringement of any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right. Intel products are not intended for use in medical, life saving, or life sustaining applications. Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined." Intel reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them. The Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 may contain design defects or errors known as errata which may cause the product to deviate from published specifications. Current characterized errata are available on request. Intel Corporation server boards contain a number of high-density VLSI and power delivery components that need adequate airflow to cool. Intel's own chassis are designed and tested to meet the intended thermal requirements of these components when the fully integrated system is used together. It is the responsibility of the system integrator that chooses not to use Intel developed server building blocks to consult vendor datasheets and operating parameters to determine the amount of air flow required for their specific application and environmental conditions. Intel Corporation cannot be held responsible if components fail or the server board does not operate correctly when used outside any of their published operating or non-operating limits. Intel, Pentium, Itanium, and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. *Other brands and names may be claimed as the property of others. Copyright (c) Intel Corporation 2004, 2005. All rights reserved. iii Revision 2.1 Intel order number C91056-002 Table of Contents Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table of Contents 1. 2. 3. Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 15 1.1 Chapter Outline...................................................................................................... 15 1.2 Server Board Use Disclaimer ................................................................................ 15 Server Board Overview ...................................................................................................... 16 2.1 Server Board SE7320VP2 SKU Availability........................................................... 16 2.2 Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature Set ................................................................. 16 Functional Architecture ..................................................................................................... 21 3.1 Processor Sub-system........................................................................................... 21 3.1.1 Processor VRD ...................................................................................................... 22 3.1.2 Reset Configuration Logic ..................................................................................... 22 3.1.3 Processor Module Presence Detection ................................................................. 22 3.1.4 GTL2006................................................................................................................ 22 3.1.5 Common Enabling Kit (CEK) Design Support........................................................ 23 3.1.6 Processor Support ................................................................................................. 23 3.1.7 Multiple Processor Initialization ............................................................................. 26 3.1.8 CPU Thermal Sensors ........................................................................................... 26 3.1.9 Processor Thermal Control Sensor ....................................................................... 26 3.1.10 Processor Thermal Trip Shutdown ........................................................................ 26 3.1.11 Processor IERR ..................................................................................................... 26 3.2 Intel(R) E7320 chipset............................................................................................... 27 3.2.1 E7320 Memory Controller Hub (MCH)................................................................... 27 3.2.2 I/O Controller Hub (6300ESB ICH) ........................................................................ 28 3.3 Memory Sub-System ............................................................................................. 31 3.3.1 Memory Sizing ....................................................................................................... 31 3.3.2 Memory Population................................................................................................ 33 3.3.3 ECC Memory Initialization ..................................................................................... 35 3.3.4 Memory Test.......................................................................................................... 35 3.3.5 Memory Monitoring ................................................................................................ 36 3.3.6 Memory RASUM Features..................................................................................... 36 3.4 I/O Sub-System ..................................................................................................... 39 3.4.1 PCI Subsystem ...................................................................................................... 39 3.4.2 Interrupt Routing .................................................................................................... 43 Revision 2.1 iv Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.3 IDE Support ........................................................................................................... 46 3.4.4 SATA Support........................................................................................................ 46 3.4.5 Video Support ........................................................................................................ 47 3.4.6 Marvell* 88E8050 - PCI Express Network Interface Controller............................. 50 3.4.7 Intel(R) 82541PI - PCI Network Interface Controller ................................................ 50 3.4.8 USB 2.0 Support.................................................................................................... 50 3.4.9 Super I/O Chip ....................................................................................................... 50 3.4.10 BIOS Flash ............................................................................................................ 55 3.5 Configuration and Initialization............................................................................... 55 3.5.1 Memory Space....................................................................................................... 55 3.5.2 I/O Map .................................................................................................................. 62 3.5.3 Accessing Configuration Space............................................................................. 64 3.6 4. Table of Contents Clock Generation and Distribution ......................................................................... 65 System BIOS ....................................................................................................................... 66 4.1 BIOS Identification String....................................................................................... 66 4.2 BIOS Power-on Self Test (POST).......................................................................... 67 4.2.1 User Interface ........................................................................................................ 67 4.2.2 System Diagnostic Screen..................................................................................... 68 4.2.3 Quiet Boot / OEM Splash Screen .......................................................................... 68 4.2.4 BIOS Boot Popup Menu ........................................................................................ 69 4.3 BIOS Setup Utility .................................................................................................. 69 4.3.1 Localization............................................................................................................ 69 4.3.2 Console Redirection .............................................................................................. 69 4.3.3 Configuration Reset ............................................................................................... 69 4.3.4 Keyboard Commands ............................................................................................ 70 4.3.5 Entering BIOS Setup ............................................................................................. 71 4.4 Flash Architecture and Flash Update Utility........................................................... 88 4.4.1 Rolling BIOS and On-line Updates ........................................................................ 88 4.4.2 Flash Update Utility................................................................................................ 88 4.4.3 Flash BIOS ............................................................................................................ 88 4.4.4 User Binary Area ................................................................................................... 88 4.4.5 Recovery Mode...................................................................................................... 89 4.4.6 Update OEM Logo ................................................................................................. 90 4.5 OEM Binary ........................................................................................................... 91 4.6 Security.................................................................................................................. 91 Revision 2.1 v Intel order number C91056-002 Table of Contents 4.6.1 Operating Model .................................................................................................... 92 4.6.2 Administrator/User Passwords and F2 Setup Usage Model.................................. 92 4.6.3 Password Clear Jumper ........................................................................................ 94 4.7 4.7.1 4.8 5. Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) ...................................................................... 94 EFI Shell ................................................................................................................ 94 Operating System Boot, Sleep, and Wake ............................................................ 95 4.8.1 Microsoft* Windows* Compatibility ........................................................................ 95 4.8.2 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) ........................................... 95 4.8.3 Sleep and Wake Functionality ............................................................................... 96 Platform Management........................................................................................................ 99 5.1 Platform Management Architecture Overview ..................................................... 100 5.1.1 5V Standby .......................................................................................................... 101 5.1.2 IPMI Messaging, Commands, and Abstractions .................................................. 101 5.1.3 IPMI `Sensor Model'............................................................................................. 101 5.1.4 Management Controllers ..................................................................................... 102 5.2 On-Board Platform Management Features and Functionality.............................. 104 5.2.1 Server Management I2C Buses ........................................................................... 105 5.2.2 Power Control Interfaces ..................................................................................... 105 5.2.3 mBMC Hardware Architecture ............................................................................. 106 5.2.4 Power Supply Interface Signals........................................................................... 107 5.2.5 Power Control Sources........................................................................................ 108 5.2.6 Power-up Sequence ............................................................................................ 109 5.2.7 Power-down Sequence........................................................................................ 109 5.2.8 System Reset Control .......................................................................................... 109 5.2.9 Control Panel User Interface ............................................................................... 110 5.2.10 Baseboard Fan Control........................................................................................ 113 5.2.11 mBMC Peripheral SMBus .................................................................................... 114 5.2.12 Watchdog Timer .................................................................................................. 114 5.2.13 System Event Log (SEL) ..................................................................................... 114 5.2.14 Sensor Data Record (SDR) Repository ............................................................... 115 5.2.15 Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) Inventory Devices ................................................ 115 5.2.16 NMI Generation ................................................................................................... 116 5.2.17 SMI Generation.................................................................................................... 116 5.2.18 Event Message Reception................................................................................... 116 5.2.19 mBMC Self Test................................................................................................... 116 Revision 2.1 vi Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 6. Table of Contents 5.2.20 Messaging Interfaces........................................................................................... 116 5.2.21 Event Filtering and Alerting.................................................................................. 119 5.2.22 mBMC Sensor Support ........................................................................................ 120 5.3 Console Redirection ............................................................................................ 122 5.4 Wired For Management (WFM) ........................................................................... 122 5.5 Vital Product Data (VPD) ..................................................................................... 123 5.6 PXE BIOS Support .............................................................................................. 123 5.7 System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) ................................................................ 123 Error Reporting and Handling ......................................................................................... 124 6.1 Fault Resilient Booting (FRB) .............................................................................. 124 6.1.1 FRB1 - BSP Self-Test Failures ........................................................................... 124 6.1.2 FRB2 - BSP POST Failures ................................................................................ 124 6.1.3 FRB3 - BSP Reset Failures ................................................................................ 125 6.1.4 OS Watchdog Timer - Operating System Load Failures...................................... 125 6.1.5 Treatment of Failed Processors........................................................................... 126 6.2 Memory Error Handling........................................................................................ 126 6.2.1 Memory Error Handling in RAS Mode.................................................................. 126 6.2.2 Memory Error Handling in non-RAS Mode .......................................................... 127 6.2.3 DIMM Enabling .................................................................................................... 127 6.2.4 Single-bit ECC Error Throttling Prevention .......................................................... 127 6.3 6.3.1 6.4 Error Logging ....................................................................................................... 128 SMI Handler......................................................................................................... 128 Error Messages and Error Codes ........................................................................ 130 6.4.1 POST Error Messages......................................................................................... 130 6.4.2 POST Error Codes............................................................................................... 134 6.4.3 BIOS Generated POST Error Beep Codes.......................................................... 137 6.4.4 Boot Block Error Beep Codes.............................................................................. 138 6.5 Checkpoints ......................................................................................................... 139 6.5.1 System ROM BIOS POST Task Test Point (Port 80h Code)............................... 139 6.5.2 Diagnostic LEDs .................................................................................................. 139 6.5.3 POST Code Checkpoints..................................................................................... 140 6.5.4 Bootblock Initialization Code Checkpoints........................................................... 142 6.5.5 Bootblock Recovery Code Checkpoint ................................................................ 143 6.5.6 DIM Code Checkpoints........................................................................................ 144 6.5.7 ACPI Runtime Checkpoints ................................................................................. 145 Revision 2.1 vii Intel order number C91056-002 Table of Contents 6.5.8 6.6 7. Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Memory Error Codes ........................................................................................... 145 Light Guided Diagnostics..................................................................................... 146 Connectors and Jumper Blocks ..................................................................................... 147 7.1 Power Connectors ............................................................................................... 147 7.2 Riser Slots ........................................................................................................... 148 7.2.1 Low-profile PCI-X Riser Slot ................................................................................ 148 7.2.2 Full-height PCI-X, Intel(R) Adaptive Slot................................................................. 151 7.3 Front Panel Connectors....................................................................................... 155 7.3.1 Front Panel Connectors....................................................................................... 156 7.3.2 SSI Compliant 34-pin Front Panel Connector...................................................... 158 7.4 I/O Connectors..................................................................................................... 158 7.4.1 VGA Connector.................................................................................................... 158 7.4.2 NIC Connectors ................................................................................................... 159 7.4.3 ATA-100 Connector ............................................................................................. 160 7.4.4 SATA Connectors ................................................................................................ 161 7.4.5 Floppy Controller Connector................................................................................ 161 7.4.6 Serial Port Connectors......................................................................................... 162 7.4.7 Keyboard and Mouse Connector ......................................................................... 163 7.4.8 USB Connector.................................................................................................... 163 7.5 Fan Headers ........................................................................................................ 164 7.6 Configuration Jumpers......................................................................................... 166 8. 7.6.1 System Recovery and Update Jumpers .............................................................. 166 7.6.2 BIOS Select Jumper ............................................................................................ 167 7.6.3 External RJ45 Serial Port Jumper Block.............................................................. 167 Design and Environmental Specifications..................................................................... 168 8.1 Server Board SE7320VP2 Design Specification ................................................. 168 8.2 Power Supply Requirements ............................................................................... 168 8.2.1 Output Connectors............................................................................................... 169 8.2.2 Grounding ............................................................................................................ 171 8.2.3 Remote Sense ..................................................................................................... 172 8.2.4 Standby Outputs .................................................................................................. 172 8.2.5 Voltage Regulation .............................................................................................. 172 8.2.6 Dynamic Loading ................................................................................................. 173 8.2.7 Capacitive Loading .............................................................................................. 173 8.2.8 Closed Loop Stability ........................................................................................... 173 Revision 2.1 viii Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table of Contents 8.2.9 Common Mode Noise .......................................................................................... 173 8.2.10 Ripple / Noise ...................................................................................................... 174 8.2.11 Soft Starting ......................................................................................................... 174 8.2.12 Zero Load Stability Requirements ....................................................................... 174 8.2.13 Timing Requirements........................................................................................... 174 8.2.14 Residual Voltage Immunity in Standby Mode ...................................................... 176 8.3 Product Regulatory Compliance .......................................................................... 177 8.3.1 Product Safety Compliance ................................................................................. 177 8.3.2 Product EMC Compliance ................................................................................... 177 8.3.3 Product Regulatory Compliance Markings .......................................................... 178 8.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility Notices ................................................................ 178 8.4.1 FCC (USA)........................................................................................................... 178 8.4.2 Industry Canada (ICES-003) ............................................................................... 179 8.4.3 Europe (CE Declaration of Conformity) ............................................................... 179 8.4.4 Taiwan Declaration of Conformity........................................................................ 179 8.4.5 Korean RRL Compliance ..................................................................................... 180 8.4.6 Australia / New Zealand....................................................................................... 180 Appendix A: Integration and Usage Tips.............................................................................. 181 Glossary................................................................................................................................... 182 Reference Documents ............................................................................................................ 185 Revision 2.1 ix Intel order number C91056-002 List of Figures Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 List of Figures Figure 1. Server Board SE7320VP2 Board Layout..................................................................... 18 Figure 2. Server Board Dimensions............................................................................................ 20 Figure 3. Server Board SE7320VP2 Block Diagram................................................................... 21 Figure 4. CEK Processor Mounting ............................................................................................ 23 Figure 5. Identifying Banks of Memory ....................................................................................... 33 Figure 6. Interrupt Routing Diagram ........................................................................................... 45 Figure 7. Serial Port Configuration Jumper Location .................................................................. 53 Figure 8. Intel(R) XeonTM Processor Memory Address Space....................................................... 56 Figure 9. DOS Compatibility Region ........................................................................................... 57 Figure 10. Extended Memory Map.............................................................................................. 59 Figure 11. CONFIG_ADDRES Register...................................................................................... 65 Figure 12. BIOS Identification String........................................................................................... 66 Figure 13. mBMC in a Server Management System................................................................. 104 Figure 14. External Interfaces to mBMC................................................................................... 106 Figure 15. Typical mBMC Block Diagram ................................................................................. 107 Figure 16. Power Supply Control Signals ................................................................................. 108 Figure 17. Location of Diagnostic LEDs on Baseboard ............................................................ 140 Figure 18. Server Board SE7320VP2 Configuration Jumpers (J1H2, J1H3, J1H5) ................. 166 Figure 19. BIOS Select Jumper (J1A4)..................................................................................... 167 Figure 20. Power Harness Specification Drawing..................................................................... 169 Figure 21. Output Voltage Timing ............................................................................................. 175 Figure 22. Turn On/Off Timing (Power Supply Signals)............................................................ 176 Revision 2.1 x Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 List of Tables List of Tables Table 1. Baseboard Layout Reference ....................................................................................... 19 Table 2. Processor Support Matrix ............................................................................................. 24 Table 3. DIMM Module Capacities.............................................................................................. 32 Table 4. Supported DDR-266 DIMM Populations ....................................................................... 34 Table 5. Supported DDR-333 DIMM Populations ....................................................................... 34 Table 6. Supported DDR2-400 DIMM Populations ..................................................................... 35 Table 7. Memory Monitoring Support.......................................................................................... 36 Table 8. PCI Bus Segment Characteristics................................................................................. 39 Table 9. PCI Configuration IDs and Device Numbers................................................................. 41 Table 10. PCI Interrupt Routing/Sharing..................................................................................... 43 Table 11. Interrupt Definitions..................................................................................................... 44 Table 12. Video Modes ............................................................................................................... 48 Table 13. Video Memory Interface.............................................................................................. 49 Table 14. Super I/O GPIO Usage Table ..................................................................................... 51 Table 15. Serial A Header Pinout ............................................................................................... 52 Table 16. Serial Port Configuration Jumper [J8A3]..................................................................... 53 Table 17. Rear Serial B Port Adapter Pinout .............................................................................. 54 Table 18. SMM Space Table ...................................................................................................... 61 Table 19. I/O Map ....................................................................................................................... 62 Table 20. Sample BIOS Popup Menu ......................................................................................... 69 Table 21. BIOS Setup Keyboard Command Bar Options ........................................................... 70 Table 22. BIOS Setup, Main Menu Options ................................................................................ 71 Table 23. BIOS Setup, Advanced Menu Options........................................................................ 72 Table 24. BIOS Setup, Processor Configuration Sub-menu Options ......................................... 72 Table 25. BIOS Setup IDE Configuration Menu Options ............................................................ 73 Table 26. Mixed P-ATA-S-ATA Configuration with only Primary P-ATA..................................... 75 Table 27. BIOS Setup, IDE Device Configuration Sub-menu Selections ................................... 75 Table 28. BIOS Setup, Floppy Configuration Sub-menu Selections........................................... 76 Table 29. BIOS Setup, Super I/O Configuration Sub-menu........................................................ 77 Table 30. BIOS Setup, USB Configuration Sub-menu Selections .............................................. 77 Table 31. BIOS Setup, USB Mass Storage Device Configuration Sub-menu Selections ........... 78 Table 32. BIOS Setup, PCI Configuration Sub-menu Selections ............................................... 78 Revision 2.1 xi Intel order number C91056-002 List of Tables Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 33. BIOS Setup, Memory Configuration Sub-menu Selections......................................... 79 Table 34. BIOS Setup, Boot Menu Selections ............................................................................ 80 Table 35. BIOS Setup, Boot Settings Configuration Sub-menu Selections ................................ 81 Table 36. BIOS Setup, Boot Device Priority Sub-menu Selections ............................................ 81 Table 37. BIOS Setup, Hard Disk Drive Sub-Menu Selections................................................... 82 Table 38. BIOS Setup, Removable Drives Sub-menu Selections............................................... 82 Table 39. BIOS Setup, CD/DVD Drives Sub-menu Selections ................................................... 82 Table 40. BIOS Setup, Security Menu Options........................................................................... 82 Table 41. BIOS Setup, Server Menu Selections ......................................................................... 84 Table 42. BIOS Setup, System Management Sub-menu Selections .......................................... 85 Table 43. BIOS Setup, Serial Console Features Sub-menu Selections ..................................... 86 Table 44. BIOS Setup, Event Log Configuration Sub-menu Selections ..................................... 87 Table 45. BIOS Setup, Exit Menu Selections ............................................................................. 87 Table 46. Security Features Operating Model ............................................................................ 92 Table 47. Supported Wake Events ............................................................................................. 98 Table 48. On-Board Supported Management Features.............................................................. 99 Table 49. Server Management I2C Bus ID Assignments .......................................................... 105 Table 50. Power Control Initiators............................................................................................. 108 Table 51. System Reset Sources and Actions.......................................................................... 109 Table 52. SSI Power LED Operation ........................................................................................ 111 Table 53. Fault / Status LED..................................................................................................... 111 Table 54. Chassis ID LED......................................................................................................... 112 Table 55. Suported Channel Assignments ............................................................................... 117 Table 56. LAN Channel Capacity.............................................................................................. 118 Table 57. PEF Action Priorities ................................................................................................. 120 Table 58. Platform Sensors for On-Board Platform Instrumentation ........................................ 121 Table 59. Memory Error Handling mBMC ................................................................................. 126 Table 60. Memory Error Handling in Non-RAS mode ............................................................... 127 Table 61. Memory BIOS Messages .......................................................................................... 130 Table 62. Boot BIOS Messages................................................................................................ 130 Table 63. Storage Device BIOS Messages .............................................................................. 131 Table 64. Virus Related BIOS Messages ................................................................................. 132 Table 65. System Configuration BIOS Messages..................................................................... 133 Table 66. CMOS BIOS Messages ............................................................................................ 133 Table 67. Miscellaneous BIOS Messages ................................................................................ 134 Revision 2.1 xii Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 List of Tables Table 68. USB BIOS Error Messages....................................................................................... 134 Table 69. SMBIOS BIOS Error Messages ................................................................................ 134 Table 70. Error Codes and Messages ...................................................................................... 135 Table 71. BIOS Generated Beep Codes................................................................................... 137 Table 72. Troubleshooting BIOS Beep Codes.......................................................................... 138 Table 73. Boot Block Error Beep Codes ................................................................................... 138 Table 74. POST Progress Code LED Example ........................................................................ 139 Table 75. POST Code Checkpoints.......................................................................................... 140 Table 76. Bootblock Initialization Code Checkpoints ................................................................ 142 Table 77. Bootblock Recovery Code Checkpoint ..................................................................... 143 Table 78. DIM Code Checkpoints ............................................................................................. 144 Table 79. ACPI Runtime Checkpoints ...................................................................................... 145 Table 80. Memory Error Codes................................................................................................. 145 Table 81. Power Connector (J3K6) Pinout ............................................................................... 147 Table 82. 12V Power Connector (J4J1).................................................................................... 147 Table 83. Power Supply Signal Connector (J1G2) ................................................................... 148 Table 84. Low-profile Riser Slot (J5F1) Pinout ......................................................................... 148 Table 85. Full-height Riser Slot (J4F1) Pinout .......................................................................... 151 Table 86. High-density Front Panel 100-pin Header Pinout (J2J1) .......................................... 156 Table 87. 50-pin Front Panel Connector (J1J2)........................................................................ 157 Table 88. Front Panel SSI Standard 34-pin Connector (J1J1) ................................................. 158 Table 89. VGA Connector Pinout (J6A1) .................................................................................. 158 Table 90. RJ-45 10/100/1000 NIC Connector Pinout (J8A1, J8A2).......................................... 159 Table 91. ATA-100 40-pin Connector Pinout (J3K1) ................................................................ 160 Table 92. SATA Connector Pinout (J1H1 and J1H4)................................................................ 161 Table 93. Legacy 34-pin Floppy Drive Connector Pinout (J3K2).............................................. 161 Table 94. External RJ-45 Serial B Port Pinout (J9A2) .............................................................. 162 Table 95. Internal 9-pin Serial A Header Pinout (J1A3)............................................................ 162 Table 96. Stacked PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Port Pinout (J9A1)........................................... 163 Table 97. External USB Connector Pinout (J5A1, J6A2).......................................................... 163 Table 98. Internal USB Connector Pinout (J1F1) ..................................................................... 164 Table 99. SSI Fan Connector Pinout (J7F1, J5F2, J3K3)......................................................... 164 Table 100. Intel Server Chassis Fan Header Pinout (J3K5) ..................................................... 165 Table 101. Recovery Jumper [J1H2, J1H3, J1H5].................................................................... 166 Table 102. BIOS Select Jumper [J1A4] .................................................................................... 167 Revision 2.1 xiii Intel order number C91056-002 List of Tables Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 103. Board Design Specifications ................................................................................... 168 Table 104. P1 Main Power Connector ...................................................................................... 170 Table 105. P2 Processor Power Connector.............................................................................. 170 Table 106. P3 Baseboard Signal Connector............................................................................. 171 Table 107. P7 Hard Drive Power Connector............................................................................. 171 Table 108. Voltage Regulation Limits ....................................................................................... 172 Table 109. Transient Load Requirements................................................................................. 173 Table 110. Capacitve Loading Conditions ................................................................................ 173 Table 111. Ripple and Noise..................................................................................................... 174 Table 112. Output Voltage Timing ............................................................................................ 174 Table 113. Turn On/Off Timing ................................................................................................. 175 Table 114. Product Certification Markings ................................................................................ 178 Revision 2.1 xiv Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 1. Introduction Introduction This Technical Product Specification (TPS) provides details about the architecture and feature set of the Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2. The target audience is anyone wishing to obtain more in depth detail of the server board than what is available in the board's Users Guide. This is a technical document meant to assist people with understanding and learning more about the specific features of the board. This is one of several technical documents available for this server board. All of the functional sub-systems that make up the board are described in this document. However, some low-level detail of specific sub-systems is not included. Design level information for specific sub-systems can be obtained by ordering the External Product Specification (EPS) for a given sub-system. The EPS documents available for this server board include the following: Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 BIOS EPS Intel(R) mini Baseboard Management Controller (mBMC) Core EPS These documents are not publicly available and must be ordered by your local Intel representative. 1.1 Chapter Outline This document is divided into the following chapters 1.2 Chapter 1 - Introduction Chapter 2 - Product Overview Chapter 3 - Board Architecture Chapter 4 - System BIOS Chapter 5 - Platform Management Architecture Chapter 6 - Error Reporting and Handling Chapter 7 - Connector Pinout and Jumper Blocks Chapter 8 - Environmental Specifications Chapter 9 - Miscellaneous Board Information Appendix A - Integration and Usage Tips Server Board Use Disclaimer Intel Corporation server boards contain a number of high-density VLSI and power delivery components that need adequate airflow to cool. Intel ensures through its own chassis development and testing that when Intel server building blocks are used together, the fully integrated system will meet the intended thermal requirements of these components. It is the responsibility of the system integrator who chooses not to use Intel developed server building blocks to consult vendor datasheets and operating parameters to determine the amount of air flow required for their specific application and environmental conditions. Intel Corporation cannot be held responsible if components fail or the server board does not operate correctly when used outside any of their published operating or non-operating limits. Revision 2.1 15 Intel order number C91056-002 Server Board Overview 2. Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Server Board Overview The Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 is a monolithic printed circuit board with features that were designed to support the high-density 1U and 2U server markets. 2.1 Server Board SE7320VP2 SKU Availability In this document, the name Server Board SE7320VP2 is used to describe a family of boards that are made available under a common product name. The core features for each board are common; however each board has the following distinctions: Product Code SE7320VP2D2 Feature Distinctions Onboard SATA (RAID) + DDR2 - 400 MHz SE7320VP2 Onboard SATA (RAID) + DDR - 266/333 MHz Throughout this document, references to the Server Board SE7320VP2 refer to both board SKUs unless otherwise noted. The board you select to use may or may not have all the features described based on the listed board differences. 2.2 Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature Set Dual processor slots supporting 800MHz Front Side Bus (FSB) Intel(R) XeonTM processors Intel(R) E7320 Chipset (MCH, 6300ESB ICH) Two PCI riser slots - Full-height riser slot: Intel(R) Adaptive Slot. Depending on the riser used, this is capable of supporting full-height PCI-X* 66MHz cards with a passive riser, or one x4 PCI Express card with a PCI Express riser. - Low-profile riser slot: Capable of supporting one low-profile PCI-X 66MHz card. Six DIMM slots supporting DDR2-400MHz DIMMs or DDR-266/333 MHz1 DIMMs Dual 10/100/1000 Network Interface Controllers (NICs) (Intel(R) 82541PI Network Interface Controller and Marvell* 88E8050 Network Interface Controller) On board ATI* Rage XL video controller with 8MB SDRAM Mini-BMC providing "Essentials" server management 1 The use of DDR2-400 MHz or DDR-266/333 MHz DIMMs depends on which board SKU is used. DDR2 DIMMs cannot be used on a board designed to support DDR. DDR DIMMs cannot be used on boards designed to support DDR2. Revision 2.1 16 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Server Board Overview External I/O connectors - Stacked PS/2* ports for keyboard and mouse - RJ45 Serial B port - Two RJ45 NIC connectors - 15-pin video connector - Two USB 2.0 ports Internal I/O connectors / headers - One onboard USB header capable of supporting two USB ports - One DH10 Serial A header - Two SATA-150 connectors with integrated chipset RAID 0/1 support - Two ATA100 connections (one 40-pin legacy connector and one through the 100-pin high-density front panel connector) - One floppy connector - SSI-compliant and custom front panel headers - SSI-compliant 24-pin main power connector. This supports ATX-12V standard in the first 20 pins Port-80 diagnostic LEDs displaying POST codes The following figure shows the board layout of the Server Board SE7320VP2. Each connector and major component is identified by a number or letter and is identified in Table 1. Revision 2.1 17 Intel order number C91056-002 Server Board Overview Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 F T O J N 1 Q 2 V R G P W A M S X U B C 3 H K 4 E 5 Y I 6 7 L D 8 9 Figure 1. Server Board SE7320VP2 Board Layout Revision 2.1 18 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Server Board Overview Table 1. Baseboard Layout Reference Ref # 1 Description (J1A1) 2-pin Chassis Intrusion Header (J1A2) 2-pin Hard Drive Act LED Header (J1A4) Rolling BIOS Jumper Ref # I Description CPU #1 Fan Header 2 10-pin DH10 Serial A Header J 5-pin Power Sense Header 3 USB Port 2 K CPU #2 Socket 4 USB Port 1 L CPU #1 Socket 5 Video Connector M 6300ESB ICH - Chipset Component 6 NIC #2 N SATA Ports 7 NIC #1 O (J1H2) Password Clear Jumper (J1H3) Recovery Boot Jumper (J1H5) CMOS Clear Jumper 8 RJ-45 Serial B Port P Legacy ATA-100 connector 9 Stacked PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Ports Q 50-pin Control Panel Header A CMOS Battery R 100-pin Control Panel, Floppy, IDE Connector B Full-height Riser Card Slot S Legacy Floppy Connector C Low-profile Riser Card Slot T SSI 34-pin Control Panel Header D DIMM Slots U 8-pin AUX Power Connector E MCH - Chipset Component V 24-pin Main Power Connector F 1x10 USB Header W SSI System Fan Header G ATI RageXL Video Controller X Server Chassis SR1400LC / SR2400 System Fan Header H CPU #2 Fan Header Y Processor Voltage Regulator Circuitry Revision 2.1 19 Intel order number C91056-002 Server Board Overview Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 The following mechanical drawing shows the physical dimensions of the baseboard. Figure 2. Server Board Dimensions Revision 2.1 20 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3. Functional Architecture Functional Architecture This chapter provides a high-level description of the functionality associated with the architectural blocks that make up the Intel Server Board SE7320VP2. Figure 3. Server Board SE7320VP2 Block Diagram 3.1 Processor Sub-system The support circuitry for the processor sub-system consists of the following: Dual 604-pin zero insertion force (ZIF) processor sockets Processor host bus AGTL+ support circuitry Reset configuration logic Processor module presence detection logic BSEL detection capabilities CPU signal level translation Common Enabling Kit (CEK) CPU retention support Revision 2.1 21 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.1.1 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Processor VRD The baseboard has two VRDs (Voltage Regulator Down) providing the appropriate voltages to the installed processors. Each VRD is compliant with the VRD 10.1 specification and is designed to support Intel(R) XeonTM processors that require up to a sustained maximum of 105 AMPs and peak support of 120A. The baseboard supports the Flexible Mother Board (FMB) specification for all 800 MHz FSB Intel(R) XeonTM processors with respect to current requirements and processor speed requirements. FMB is an estimation of the maximum values the 800 MHz FSB versions of the Intel(R) XeonTM processors will have over their lifetime. The value is only an estimate and actual specifications for future processors may differ. At present, the current demand per FMB is a sustained maximum of a 105 Amps and peak support of 120 Amps. 3.1.2 Reset Configuration Logic The BIOS determines the processor stepping, cache size, etc through the CPUID instruction. All processors in the system must operate at the same frequency; have the same cache sizes; and same VID. No mixing of product families is supported. Processors run at a fixed speed and cannot be programmed to operate at a lower or higher speed. 3.1.3 Processor Module Presence Detection Logic is provided on the baseboard to detect the presence and identity of installed processors. In dual-processor configurations, the on-board mini Baseboard Management Controller (mBMC) must read the processor voltage identification (VID) bits for each processor before turning on the VRD. If the VIDs of the two processors are not identical, then the mBMC will not turn on the VRD. Prior to enabling the embedded VRD, circuitry on the baseboard ensures that the following criteria are met: 3.1.4 In a uni-processor configuration, CPU 1 is installed Only supported processors are installed in the system to prevent damage to the MCH In dual-processor configurations, both processors support the same FSB frequency GTL2006 The GTL2006 is a 13-bit translator designed for 3.3V to GTL/GTL+ translations to the system bus. The translator incorporates all the level shifting and logic functions required to interface between the processor subsystem and the rest of the system. Revision 2.1 22 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.1.5 Functional Architecture Common Enabling Kit (CEK) Design Support The baseboard complies with Intel's Common Enabling Kit (CEK) processor mounting and heat sink retention solution. The baseboard ships with a CEK spring snapped onto the bottom side of the board beneath each processor socket. The CEK spring is removable, allowing for the use of non-Intel heat sink retention solutions. Heatsink assembly with integrated hardware Thermal Interface Material (TIM) Baseboard CEK Spring Chassis Figure 4. CEK Processor Mounting 3.1.6 Processor Support The Server Board SE7320VP2 supports one or two Intel(R) XeonTM processors utilizing an 800 MHz front side bus with frequencies starting at 2.8 GHz. Previous generations of the Intel Xeon processor are not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. The server board is designed to provide up to 120A per processors. Processors with higher current requirements are not supported. Revision 2.1 23 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Note: Only Intel Xeon processors that support a 800MHz Front Side Bus are supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. See the table below for the supported processors. Table 2. Processor Support Matrix 3.1.6.1 Processor Family (R) Intel XeonTM FSB Frequency 533 MHz Frequency 2.8 GHz No Support Intel Xeon 533 MHz 3.06 GHz No Intel Xeon 533 MHz 3.2 GHz No Intel Xeon 800 MHz 2.8 GHz Yes Intel Xeon 800 MHz 3.0 GHz Yes Intel Xeon 800 MHz 3.2 GHz Yes Intel Xeon 800 MHz 3.4 GHz Yes Intel Xeon 800 MHz 3.6 GHz Yes Processor Mis-population Detection The processors must be populated in the correct order for the processor front-side bus to be correctly terminated. Baseboard logic will prevent the system from powering up if a single processor is present but is in the wrong socket. This protects the logic against voltage swings or unreliable operation that could occur on an incorrectly terminated front-side bus. If processor mis-population is detected, the mBMC will log a "Configuration Error" error against processor 1. 3.1.6.2 Mixed Processor Steppings For optimum system performance, only identical processors should be installed. Processor steppings can be mixed as long as there is no more than a 1-stepping difference between them. If the installed processors are more than 1-stepping apart, an error (8080 through 8183) is logged in the System Event Log (SEL). Acceptable mixed steppings are not reported as errors. 3.1.6.3 Mixed Processor Models Processor models cannot be mixed. If this condition is detected an error (8196) is logged in the SEL. 3.1.6.4 Mixed Processor Families Processor families cannot be mixed in a system. If this condition is detected an error (8194) is logged in the SEL. 3.1.6.5 Mixed Processor Cache Sizes If the installed processors have mixed cache sizes, an error (8192) will be logged in the SEL. The size of all cache levels must match between all installed processors. Mixed cache processors are not supported. Revision 2.1 24 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.1.6.6 Functional Architecture Jumperless Processor Speed Settings The Intel(R) XeonTM processor does not utilize jumpers or switches to set the processor frequency. The BIOS reads the highest ratio register from all processors in the system. If all processors are the same speed, the Actual Ratio register is programmed with the value read from the High Ratio register. If all processors do not match, the highest common value between High and Low Ratio is determined and programmed to all processors. If no value works for all installed processors, all processors not capable of speeds supported by the bootstrap processor (BSP) are disabled and an error is displayed. 3.1.6.7 Microcode IA-32 processors have the capability of correcting specific errata through the loading of an Intelsupplied data block (microcode update). The BIOS is responsible for storing the update in nonvolatile memory and loading it into each processor during POST. The BIOS performs the recommended update signature verification prior to storing the update in the Flash. 3.1.6.8 Processor Cache The BIOS enables all levels of processor cache as early as possible during POST. There are no user options to modify the cache configuration, size or policies. The largest and highest level cache detected is reported in BIOS Setup. 3.1.6.9 Hyper-Threading Technology Intel(R) XeonTM processors support Hyper-Threading Technology. The BIOS detects processors that support this feature and enables the feature during POST. BIOS Setup provides an option to selectively enable or disable this feature. The default behavior is enabled. The BIOS creates additional entries in the ACPI MP tables to describe the virtual processors. 3.1.6.10 Intel SpeedStep(R) Technology Intel(R) XeonTM processors support the Intel SpeedStep(R) Technology. This feature changes the processor operating ratio and voltage similar to the Thermal Monitor 2 (TM2) feature. It must be used in conjunction with the TM1 or TM2 feature. The BIOS implements the Intel SpeedStep(R) Technology feature in conjunction with the TM2 feature. 3.1.6.11 Intel(R) Extended Memory 64 Technology (Intel(R) EM64T) Support The system BIOS on the Server Board SE7320VP2 supports the Intel(R) Extended Memory 64 Technology (Intel(R) EM64T) of the Intel(R) XeonTM processors. There is no BIOS setup option to enable or disable this support. The system will be in IA-32 compatibility mode when booting to an operating system. Operating system specific drivers are then loaded to enable this capability. Revision 2.1 25 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.1.7 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Multiple Processor Initialization IA-32 processors have a microcode-based BSP-arbitration protocol. On reset, all of the processors compete to become the bootstrap processor (BSP). If a serious error is detected during a Built-in Self-Test (BIST), that processor will not participate in the initialization protocol. A single processor that successfully passes BIST is automatically selected by the hardware as the BSP and starts executing from the reset vector (F000:FFF0h). A processor that does not perform the role of BSP is referred to as an application processor (AP). The BSP is responsible for executing the BIOS power-on self-test (POST) and preparing the machine to boot the operating system. At boot time, the system is in virtual wire mode and the BSP alone is programmed to accept local interrupts. INTR is driven by programmable interrupt controller (PIC) and non-maskable interrupt (NMI). For single processor configurations, the system is put in the virtual wire mode, which uses the local APIC of the processor. As a part of the boot process, the BSP wakes each AP. When awakened, an AP programs its Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) to be identical to those of the BSP. All APs execute a halt instruction with their local interrupts disabled. The System Management Mode (SMM) handler expects all processors to respond to an SMI. If the BSP determines that an AP exists that is a lower-featured processor or that has a lower value returned by the CPUID function, the BSP will switch to the lowest-featured processor in the system. 3.1.8 CPU Thermal Sensors The CPU temperature will be indirectly measured via the thermal diodes. These are monitored by the National Semiconductor* LM93 device. The mBMC configures the LM93 device to monitor these sensors. The temperatures are available via mBMC IPMI sensors. 3.1.9 Processor Thermal Control Sensor (R) The Intel XeonTM processors generate a signal indicating throttling due to thermal conditions. The mBMC implements an IPMI sensor that provides the percentage of time a processor has been throttling over the last 1.46 seconds. Baseboard management should be able to force a thermal control condition when reliable system operation requires reduced power consumption for the system. 3.1.10 Processor Thermal Trip Shutdown If a thermal overload condition exists (thermal trip) an Intel(R) XeonTM processor outputs a digital signal that is monitored by the mBMC. A thermal trip is a critical condition and indicates that the processor may become damaged if it continues to run. To help protect the processor, the management controller automatically powers off the system. In addition it will assert the System Status LED and generate an event in the System Event Log. 3.1.11 Processor IERR The IERR signal is asserted by the Intel(R) XeonTM processor as the result of an internal error. The mBMC configures the heceta7 device to monitor this signal. When this signal is asserted, the mBMC generates a processor IERR event. Revision 2.1 26 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.2 Functional Architecture Intel(R) E7320 chipset The architecture of the Server Board SE7320VP2 is designed around the Intel(R) E7320 chipset. The chipset consists of two components that together are responsible for providing the interface between all major sub-systems on the baseboard, including the processor, memory, and I/O sub-systems. These two components are: Memory Controller Hub (E7320 MCH) I/O Controller Hub (6300ESB ICH) The following sub-sections describe the primary functions and supported features of each chipset component as they are used on the Server Board SE7320VP2. Later sections provide more detail on the implementation of the sub-systems. 3.2.1 E7320 Memory Controller Hub (MCH) The MCH integrates four functions into a single 1077-ball FC-BGA package: Front Side Bus Memory Controller PCI Express Controller Hub Link Interface 3.2.1.1 Front Side Bus (FSB) The E7320 MCH supports either single or dual processor configurations using 800MHz FSB Intel(R) XeonTM processors. The MCH supports a base system bus frequency of 200 MHz. The address and request interface is double pumped to 400 MHz while the 64-bit data interface (+ parity) is quad pumped to 800 MHz. This provides a matched system bus address and data bandwidths of 6.4 GB/s 3.2.1.2 MCH Memory Sub-System Overview The MCH provides an integrated memory controller for direct connection to two channels of registered DDR-266, DDR-333, or DDR2-400 memory (stacked or unstacked). Peak theoretical memory data bandwidth using DDR-266 technology is 4.26 GB/s and 5.33 GB/S for DDR-333 technology. For DDR2-400 technology, this increases to 6.4 GB/s. Several RASUM (Reliability, Availability, Serviceability, Usability and Manageability) features are provided by the E7320 MCH memory interface: DIMM sparing allows one DIMM per channel to be held in reserve and brought on-line if another DIMM in the channel becomes defective. Hardware periodic memory scrubbing, including demand scrub support. Retry on uncorrectable memory errors. x4 SDDC for memory error detection and correction of any number of bit failures in a single x4 memory device. Revision 2.1 27 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.2.1.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 PCI Express* The Intel E7320 MCH is one of the first Intel chipsets to support the new PCI Express* highspeed serial I/O interface for superior I/O bandwidth. The scalable PCI Express interface complies with the PCI Express Interface Specification, Rev 1.0a. On the Server Board SE7320VP2, the MCH provides two x4 PCI Express interfaces, each with a maximum theoretical bandwidth of 4 GB/s. The E7320 MCH is a root class component as defined in the PCI Express Interface Specification, Rev 1.0a. The PCI Express interfaces of the MCH support connection to a variety of bridges and devices compliant with the same revision of the specification. See the Server Board SE7320VP2 Tested Hardware and OS List for the tested add-in cards. 3.2.1.4 Hub Interface The MCH interfaces with the Intel(R) 6300ESB I/O Controller Hub via a dedicated hub interface which supports a peak bandwidth of 266MB/s using a x4 base clock of 66 MHz. 3.2.1.5 Full-height Riser Slot (R) Using Intel Adaptive Slot technology, the full-height riser slot is a proprietary 280-pin slot with both PCI-X signals from the I/O Controller Hub (6300ESB ICH) and PCI Express signals from the MCH routed to it. Depending on the riser card, the slot supports both PCI-X and/or PCI Express add-in cards. The placement of this slot allows risers supporting full-height, full-length add-in cards to be used. 3.2.1.6 Low-profile Riser Slot The low-profile riser slot is a standard 202-pin slot connector supporting PCI-X signals from the I/O Controller Hub (6300ESB ICH). Because of available board clearances, riser cards can only support low-profile add-in cards with this slot. 3.2.2 I/O Controller Hub (6300ESB ICH) The 6300ESB ICH is a multi-function device providing an upstream hub interface for access to several embedded I/O functions and features including: PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 2.3 with support for 33 MHz PCI operations ACPI power management logic support Enhanced DMA controller, interrupt controller, and timer functions Integrated IDE controller with support for Ultra ATA100/66/33 Integrated SATA controller USB host interface with support for six USB ports; four UHCI host controllers; one EHCI high-speed USB 2.0 host controller Integrated ASF controller System Management Bus (SMBus) Specification, Version 2.0 with additional support for I2C devices Low Pin Count (LPC) interface Firmware Hub (FWH) interface support Revision 2.1 28 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture Each function within the 6300ESB ICH has its own set of configuration registers. Once configured, each appears to the system as a distinct hardware controller sharing the same PCI bus interface. 3.2.2.1 PCI Interface The 6300ESB ICH PCI interface provides a 33MHz, Revision 2.3 compliant implementation. All PCI signals are 5V tolerant, except for PME#. The 6300ESB ICH integrates a PCI arbiter that supports up to four external PCI bus masters in addition to the internal 6300ESB ICH requests. On the Server Board SE7320VP2 this PCI interface supports two on-board PCI devices: the ATI* video controller and the Intel(R) 82541PI Network Interface Controller. 3.2.2.2 IDE Interface (Bus Master Capability and Synchronous DMA Mode) The fast IDE interface supports up to four IDE devices, providing an interface for IDE hard disks and ATAPI devices. Each IDE device can have independent timings. The IDE interface supports PIO IDE transfers up to 16 Mbytes/sec and Ultra ATA transfers up 100 Mbytes/sec. It does not consume ISA DMA resources. The IDE interface integrates 16x32-bit buffers for optimal transfers. The 6300ESB ICH's IDE system contains two independent IDE signal channels. They can be electrically isolated independently. They can be configured to the standard primary and secondary channels (four devices). 3.2.2.3 SATA Controller The SATA controller supports two SATA devices, providing an interface for SATA hard disks and ATAPI devices. The SATA interface supports PIO IDE transfers up to 16 Mb/s and Serial ATA transfers up to 1.5 Gb/s (150 MB/s). The 6300ESB ICH's SATA system contains two independent SATA signal ports. They can be electrically isolated independently. Each SATA device can have independent timings. They can be configured to the standard primary and secondary channels. The Server Board SE7320VP supports two SATA connectors for internal hard disks supporting RAID levels 0 and 1. 3.2.2.4 Low Pin Count (LPC) Interface The 6300ESB ICH implements an LPC Interface as described in the Low Pin Count Interface Specification, Revision 1.1. The Low Pin Count (LPC) bridge function of the 6300ESB ICH resides in PCI Device 31:Function 0. In addition to the LPC bridge interface function, D31:F0 contains other functional units including DMA, interrupt controllers, timers, power management, system management, GPIO, and RTC. 3.2.2.5 Compatibility Modules (DMA Controller, Timer/Counters, Interrupt Controller) The DMA controller incorporates the logic of two 82C37 DMA controllers, with seven independently programmable channels. Channels 0-3 are hardwired to 8-bit, count-by-byte transfers, and channels 5-7 are hardwired to 16-bit, count-by-word transfers. Any two of the seven DMA channels can be programmed to support fast Type-F transfers. The 6300ESB ICH supports two types of DMA: LPC and PC/PCI. LPC DMA and PC/PCI DMA use the 6300ESB ICH's DMA controller. The PC/PCI protocol allows PCI-based peripherals to initiate DMA cycles by encoding requests and grants via two PC/PC REQ#/GNT# pairs. LPC Revision 2.1 29 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 DMA is handled through the use of the LDRQ# lines from peripherals and special encoding on LAD[3:0] from the host. Single, Demand, Verify, and Increment modes are supported on the LPC interface. Channels 0-3 are 8 bit channels. Channels 5-7 are 16 bit channels. Channel 4 is reserved as a generic bus master request. The timer/counter block contains three counters that are equivalent in function to those found in one 82C54 programmable interval timer. These three counters are combined to provide the system timer function, and speaker tone. The 14.31818 MHz oscillator input provides the clock source for these three counters. The 6300ESB ICH provides an ISA-compatible Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) that incorporates the functionality of two 82C59 interrupt controllers. The two interrupt controllers are cascaded so 14 external and two internal interrupts are possible. In addition, the 6300ESB ICH supports a serial interrupt scheme. All of the registers in these modules can be read and restored. This is required to save and restore the system state after power has been removed and restored to the platform. 3.2.2.6 Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC) In addition to the standard ISA-compatible PIC described in the previous section, the 6300ESB ICH incorporates the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). 3.2.2.7 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller The 6300ESB ICH contains an Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) specification for Universal Serial Bus, Revision 1.0-compliant host controller that supports USB high-speed signaling. The high-speed USB 2.0 allows data transfers up to 480 Mb/s, which is 40 times faster than full-speed USB. The 6300ESB ICH also contains four Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI) controllers that support USB full-speed and low-speed signaling. On the Server Board SE7320VP2, the 6300ESB ICH supports four USB 2.0 ports. All four ports are high-speed, full-speed, and lowspeed capable. 6300ESB ICH's port-routing logic determines whether a USB port is controlled by one of the UHCI controllers or by the EHCI controller. 3.2.2.8 RTC The 6300ESB ICH contains a Motorola* MC146818A-compatible real-time clock with 256 bytes of battery backed RAM. The real-time clock performs two key functions: keeping track of the time of day and storing system data, even when the system is powered down. The RTC operates on a 32.768 KHz crystal and a separate 3V lithium battery. The RTC supports two lockable memory ranges. By setting bits in the configuration space, two 8-byte ranges can be locked to read and write accesses. This prevents unauthorized reading of passwords or other system security information. The RTC supports a date alarm that allows for scheduling a wake up event up to 30 days in advance. The RTC is designed and verified to meet the following accuracy: +/- 2 seconds/day for the non-condensing environmental range of temperatures from 10-35C. Revision 2.1 30 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.2.2.9 Functional Architecture General Purpose I/O (GPIO) General-purpose inputs and outputs are provided for custom system design. The number of inputs and outputs varies depending on the 6300ESB ICH configuration. All unused GPI pins must be pulled high or low, so that they are at a predefined level and do not cause undue side effects. 3.2.2.10 Enhanced Power Management The 6300ESB ICH's power management functions include enhanced clock control, local and global monitoring support for 14 individual devices, and various low-power (suspend) states, such as Suspend-to-DRAM and Suspend-to-Disk. A hardware-based thermal management circuit permits software-independent entrance to low-power states. The 6300ESB ICH contains full support for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) Specification, Revision 2.0b. 3.2.2.11 System Management Bus (SMBus 2.0) The 6300ESB ICH contains an SMBus host interface that allows the processor to communicate with SMBus slaves. This interface is compatible with most I2C devices. Special I2C commands are implemented. The 6300ESB ICH's SMBus host controller provides a mechanism for the processor to initiate communications with SMBus peripherals (slaves). The 6300ESB ICH supports slave functionality, including the Host Notify protocol. Hence, the host controller supports eight command protocols of the SMBus interface: Quick Command, Send Byte, Receive Byte, Write Byte/Word, Read Byte/Word, Process Call, Block Read/Write, and Host Notify. See the System Management Bus (SMBus) Specification, Version 2.0 for more information. 3.3 Memory Sub-System The MCH provides an integrated memory controller for direct connection to two channels of registered DDR-266, DDR-333 or DDR2-400 memory (stacked or unstacked). Peak theoretical memory data bandwidth using DDR-266 technology is 4.26 GB/s and 5.33 GB/S for DDR-333 technology. For DDR2-400 technology, this increases to 6.4 GB/s. The MCH supports a burst length of four, whether in single or dual channel mode. In dual channel mode this results in eight 64-bit chunks (64-byte cache line) from a single read or write. In single channel mode, two reads or writes are required to access a cache line of data. 3.3.1 Memory Sizing The memory controller is capable of supporting up to four loads per channel for DDR-333, and DDR2-400. Memory technologies are classified as being either single rank or dual rank depending on the number of DRAM devices that are used on any one DIMM. A single rank DIMM is a single load device. Single rank = one load. Dual rank DIMMs are dual load device. Dual rank = two loads. Revision 2.1 31 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides the following maximum memory capacities based on the number of DIMM slots provided and maximum supported memory loads by the chipset: 24GB maximum capacity for DDR-266 16GB maximum capacity for DDR-333 and DDR2-400 The minimum memory supported with the system running in single channel memory mode is: 256MB for DDR-266, DDR-333, and DDR2-400 Supported DIMM capacities are as follows: DDR-266 Memory DIMM sizes include: 256MB, 512MB, 1GB, 2GB, and 4GB DDR-333 Memory DIMM sizes include: 256MB, 512MB, 1GB, 2GB, and 4GB DDR2-400 Memory DIMM sizes include: 256MB, 512MB, 1GB, 2GB, and 4GB Table 3. DIMM Module Capacities SDRAM Parts / SDRAM Technology Used X8, single row 128Mb 128MB 256Mb 256MB 512Mb 512MB 1Gb 1GB X8, double row 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB X4, single row 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB X4, Stacked, double row 512MB 1GB 2GB 4GB DIMMs on channel A are paired with DIMMs on channel B to configure 2-way interleaving. Each DIMM pair is referred to as a bank. The bank can be further divided into two rows, based on single-sided or double-sided DIMMs. If both DIMMs in a bank are single-sided, only one row is said to be present. For double-sided DIMMs, both rows are said to be present. The Server Board SE7320VP2 has six DIMM slots, or three DIMM banks. Both DIMMs in a bank should be identical (same manufacturer, CAS latency, number of rows, columns and devices, timing parameters etc.). Although DIMMs within a bank must be identical, the BIOS supports various DIMM sizes and configurations allowing the banks of memory to be different. Memory sizing and configuration is guaranteed only for qualified DIMMs approved by Intel. Revision 2.1 32 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture MCH 3A 3B Bank 3 2A 2B Bank 2 1A 1B Bank 1 Figure 5. Identifying Banks of Memory The BIOS reads the Serial Presence Detect (SPD) SEEPROMs on each installed memory module to determine the size and timing of the installed memory modules. The memory-sizing algorithm determines the size of each bank of DIMMs. The BIOS programs the memory controller in the chipset accordingly. The total amount of configured memory can be found using BIOS Setup. 3.3.2 Memory Population Mixing of DDR-266 and DDR-333 DIMMs is supported between banks of memory. However, when mixing DIMM types, DDR-333 will run at DDR-266 speeds. Using the following algorithm, BIOS configures the memory controller of the MCH to run in either dual channel mode or single channel mode: 1. If one or more fully populated DIMM banks are detected, set the memory controller to dual channel mode. Otherwise, go to step 2. 2. If DIMM 1A is present, set the memory controller to single channel mode A. Otherwise, go to step 3. 3. If Channel 1B DIMM is present, set the memory controller to single channel mode B. Otherwise, generate a memory configuration error. Revision 2.1 33 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 DDR-266 and DDR-333 DIMM population rules are as follows: DIMM banks must be populated in order, starting with the slots furthest from MCH. Single rank DIMMs must be populated before dual rank DIMMs. A maximum of four DIMMs can be populated when all four DIMMs are dual rank DDR333 DIMMs. DDR2 400 DIMM population rules are as follows: DIMMs banks must be populated in order starting with the slots furthest from MCH. Dual rank DIMMs are populated before single rank DIMMs. A maximum of four DIMMs can be populated when all four DIMMs are dual rank DDR2-400 DIMMs. The following tables show the supported memory configurations. S/R = single rank D/R = dual rank E = empty Table 4. Supported DDR-266 DIMM Populations MCH Bank 3 - DIMMs 3A, 3B S/R Bank 2 - DIMMs 2A, 2B S/R Bank 1 - DIMMs 1A, 1B S/R E S/R S/R E E S/R D/R D/R D/R E D/R D/R E E D/R D/R S/R S/R D/R D/R S/R E D/R S/R Table 5. Supported DDR-333 DIMM Populations MCH Bank 3 - DIMMs 3A, 3B S/R Bank 2 - DIMMs 2A, 2B2 S/R Bank 1 - DIMMs 1A, 1B S/R E S/R S/R E E S/R E D/R D/R E E D/R D/R S/R S/R E D/R S/R Revision 2.1 34 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture Table 6. Supported DDR2-400 DIMM Populations Bank 3 - DIMMs 3A, 3B S/R Bank 2 - DIMMs 2A, 2B S/R Bank 1 - DIMMs 1A, 1B S/R E S/R S/R E E S/R E D/R D/R E E D/R E S/R D/R S/R S/R D/R MCH Notes: On the Server Board SE7320VP2, when using all dual rank DDR-333 or DDR2-400 DIMMs, a total of four DIMMs can be populated. Configuring more than four dual rank DDR-333 or DDR2-400 DIMMs will result in the BIOS generating a memory configuration error. Memory between 4GB and 4GB, minus 512MB, is not accessible for use by the operating system and may be lost to the user. This area is reserved for BIOS, APIC configuration space, PCI adapter interface, and virtual video memory space. This means that if 4GB of memory is installed, 3.5GB of this memory is usable. The chipset should allow the remapping of unused memory above the 4GB address, but this memory may not be accessible to an operating system that has a 4GB memory limit. 3.3.3 ECC Memory Initialization ECC memory must be initialized by the BIOS before it can be used. The BIOS must initialize all memory locations before using them. The BIOS uses the auto-initialize feature of the MCH to initialize ECC. ECC memory initialization cannot be aborted and may result in a noticeable delay in the boot process depending on the amount of memory installed in the system. 3.3.4 Memory Test System memory is classified as base and extended memory. Base memory is memory that is required for POST. Extended memory is the remaining memory in the system. Extended memory may be contiguous or may have one or more holes. The BIOS memory test accesses all memory except for memory holes. Memory testing consists of separate base and extended memory tests. The base memory test runs before video is initialized to verify memory required for POST. The BIOS enables video as early as possible during POST to provide a visual indication that the system is functional. At some time after video output has been enabled, BIOS executes the extended memory test. The status of the extended memory test is displayed on the console. The status of base and extended memory tests are also displayed on the LCD control panel if present. Revision 2.1 35 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 The extended memory test is configured using the BIOS Setup Utility. The coverage of the test can be configured to one of the following: Test every location (Extensive) Test one interleave width per kilo-byte of memory (Sparse) Test one interleave width per mega-byte of memory (Quick) The "interleave width" of a memory subsystem is dependent on the chipset configuration. By default, both the base and extended memory tests are configured to the Disabled setting. The extended memory test can be aborted by pressing the <Space> key during the test. 3.3.5 Memory Monitoring Both the baseboard management controller and the BIOS provide support for memory failure LEDs, and failure/state transition events. The following table shows which memory monitoring features are supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. Table 7. Memory Monitoring Support Memory Feature Inventory Supported No Correctable Error Reporting No Uncorrectable Error Reporting Yes DIMM failure can be detected at BIOS POST or during system operation. POST detected DIMM failures or mis-configuration (incompatible DIMM sizes/speeds/etc) cause the BIOS to disable the failed/affected DIMMs and generate IPMI SEL events, which are sent to the BMC in use. The BIOS is responsible for DIMM FRU LED management and illuminates the LEDs associated with failed or disabled DIMMs. 3.3.6 Memory RASUM Features The Intel E7320 MCH supports several memory RASUM (Reliability, Availability, Serviceability, Usability, and Manageability) features. These features include the Intel(R) x4 Single Device Data Correction (Intel(R) x4 SDDC) for memory error detection and correction, Memory Scrubbing, Retry on Correctable Errors, Integrated Memory Initialization, and DIMM Sparing. The following sections describe how each is supported. Note: The operation of the memory RASUM features listed below are supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. However, the system has limited memory monitoring and logging capabilities. It is possible for a RASUM feature to be initiated without notification that the action has occurred. 3.3.6.1 DRAM ECC - Intel(R) x4 Single Device Data Correction (Intel(R) x4 SDDC) The DRAM interface uses two different ECC algorithms. The first is a standard SEC/DED ECC across a 64-bit data quantity. The second ECC method is a distributed, 144-bit S4EC-D4ED Revision 2.1 36 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture mechanism, which provides x4 SDDC protection for DIMMS that utilize x4 devices. Bits from x4 parts are presented in an interleaved fashion such that each bit from a particular part is represented in a different ECC word. DIMMs that use x8 devices, can use the same algorithm but will not have x4 SDDC protection, since at most only four bits can be corrected with this method. The algorithm does provide enhanced protection for the x8 parts over a standard SECDED implementation. With two memory channels, either ECC method can be utilized with equal performance, although single-channel mode only supports standard SEC/DED. 3.3.6.2 Integrated Memory Scrub Engine The Intel E7320 MCH includes an integrated engine to walk the populated memory space proactively seeking out soft errors in the memory subsystem. In the case of a single bit correctable error, this hardware detects, logs, and corrects the data except when an incoming write to the same memory address is detected. For any uncorrectable errors detected, the scrub engine logs the failure. Both types of errors may be reported via multiple alternate mechanisms under configuration control. The scrub hardware will also execute "demand scrub" writes when correctable errors are encountered during normal operation (on demand reads, rather than scrub-initiated reads). This functionality provides incremental protection against time-based deterioration of soft memory errors from correctable to uncorrectable. Using this method, a 16GB system can be completely scrubbed in less than one day. The effect of the scrub writes do not cause any noticeable degradation to memory bandwidth, although they will cause a greater latency for that one very infrequent read that is delayed due to the scrub write cycle. An uncorrectable error encountered by the memory scrub engine is a "speculative error." This designation is applied because no system agent has specifically requested use of the corrupt data, and no real error condition exists in the system until that occurs. It is possible that the error resides in an unmodified page of memory that will be simply dropped on a swap back to disk. Were that to occur, the speculative error would simply "vanish" from the system undetected without adverse consequences. 3.3.6.3 Retry on Uncorrectable Error The Intel E7320 MCH includes specialized hardware to resubmit a memory read request upon detection of an uncorrectable error. When a demand fetch (as opposed to a scrub) of memory encounters an uncorrectable error as determined by the enabled ECC algorithm, the memory control hardware will cause a (single) full resubmission of the entire cache line request from memory to verify the existence of corrupt data. This feature is expected to greatly reduce or eliminate the reporting of false or transient uncorrectable errors in the DRAM array. Any given read request will only be retried once on behalf of this error detection mechanism. If the uncorrectable error is repeated, it will be logged and escalated as directed by device configuration. 3.3.6.4 Integrated Memory Initialization Engine The Intel E7320 MCH provides hardware managed ECC auto-initialization of all populated DRAM space under software control. Once internal configuration has been updated to reflect the types and sizes of populated DIMM devices, the MCH will traverse the populated address space initializing all locations with good ECC. This not only speeds the mandatory memory Revision 2.1 37 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 initialization step, but also frees the processor to pursue other machine initialization and configuration tasks. Additional features have been added to the initialization engine to support high-speed population and verification of a programmable memory range with one of four known data patterns (0/F, A/5, 3/C, and 6/9). This function facilitates a limited, very high speed memory test, as well as provides a BIOS accessible memory zeroing capability for use by the operating system. 3.3.6.5 DIMM Sparing Function To provide a more fault tolerant system, the Intel E7320 MCH includes specialized hardware to support fail-over to a spare DIMM device in case a primary DIMM exceeds a specified threshold of runtime errors. One of the DIMMs installed per channel, greater than or equal in size than all installed, will not be used but is kept in reserve. If a significant failure occurs in a particular DIMM, that DIMM and its corresponding partner in the other channel (if applicable), will, over time, have its data copied to the spare DIMM(s). When all data has been copied, the reserve DIMM(s) will be put into service and the failing DIMM will be removed from service. Only one sparing cycle is supported. If this feature is not enabled, then all DIMMs will be visible in normal address space. Note: The DIMM Sparing feature requires that the spare DIMM be at least the size of the largest primary DIMM in use. Hardware additions for this feature include the implementation of tracking register per DIMM to maintain a history of error occurrence, and a programmable register to hold the fail-over error threshold level. The operational model is straightforward: if the fail-over threshold register is set to a non-zero value, the feature is enabled, and if the count of errors on any DIMM exceeds that value, fail-over will commence. The tracking registers themselves are implemented as "leaky buckets," such that they do not contain an absolute cumulative count of all errors since poweron; rather, they contain an aggregate count of the number of errors received over a running time period. The "drip rate" of the bucket is selectable by software, so it is possible to set the threshold to a value that will never be reached by a "healthy" memory subsystem experiencing the rate of errors expected for the size and type of memory devices in use. The fail-over mechanism is slightly more complex. Once fail-over has been initiated the MCH must execute every write twice; once to the primary DIMM, and once to the spare. The MCH will also begin tracking the progress of its built-in memory scrub engine. Once the scrub engine has covered every location in the primary DIMM, the duplicate write function will have copied every data location to the spare. At that point, the MCH can switch the spare into primary use, and take the failing DIMM off-line. Until the threshold detection has been triggered to request a data copy this mechanism requires no software support once it has been programmed and enabled. Hardware will detect the threshold initiating fail-over and escalate the occurrence of that event as directed (signal an SMI, generate an interrupt, or wait to be discovered via polling). A software routine responding to the threshold detection must select a victim DIMM (if multiple DIMMs have crossed the threshold prior to sparing invocation) and initiate the memory copy. Hardware will automatically isolate the "failed" DIMM after the copy has completed. The data copy is accomplished by address aliasing within the DDR control interface, thus it does not require reprogramming of the Revision 2.1 38 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture DRAM row boundary (DRB) registers, nor does it require notification to the operating system that anything has occurred in memory. 3.4 I/O Sub-System The I/O sub-system is made up of several components: The E7320 MCH provides the PCI Express interface to the full-height riser slot, and the PCI Express interface to one of the on-board Ethernet controllers. The 6300ESB ICH provides the PCI-X interface to the full-height riser slot, low-profile riser slot, and the PCI interface to the onboard video controller, super I/O chip, one of the Ethernet controllers, and the management sub-system This section describes the function of each I/O interface and how they operate on the Server Board SE7320VP2. 3.4.1 PCI Subsystem The primary I/O interface for the Server Board SE7320VP2 is PCI, with four independent PCI bus segments. One PCI 33MHz/32-bit bus segment (P32-A) is controlled through the 6300ESB ICH. One PCI-X 66MHz/64-bit bus segment (P64-A) is controlled through the 6300ESB ICH. One x4 PCI Express (P64-Express-A) bus segment is controlled from the E7320 MCH. One x1 PCI Express (P64-Express-B) bus segment is controlled from the E7320 MCH. The table below lists the characteristics of the four PCI bus segments. Table 8. PCI Bus Segment Characteristics PCI Bus Segment P32-A Voltage 5V Width 32 bits Speed 33 MHz Type PCI PCI I/O Card Slots None. Internal component use only. (R) P64-A 3.3V 64 bits 66 MHz PCI-X One full-height riser connector, Intel Adaptive Slot capable of supporting up to three full-length PCI-X add-in cards. One lowprofile riser connector capable of supporting one low-profile PCI-X add-in card. P64-Express-A Differential 64 bits One x4 PCI-E One full-height riser connector, Intel Adaptive Slot capable of supporting one fulllength PCI Express add-in card. P64-Express-B Differential 64 bits One x1 PCI-E None. Internal component use only. (R) Revision 2.1 39 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.4.1.1 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 P32-A: 32-bit, 33MHz PCI Subsystem All 32-bit, 33MHz PCI I/O is directed through the 6300ESB ICH. The 32-bit, 33MHz PCI segment created by the 6300ESB ICH is known as the P32-A segment. The P32-A segment supports the following embedded devices: 3.4.1.2 2D/3D Graphics Accelerator: ATI Rage XL Video Controller SIO Chip: National Semiconductor* PC87417 Super I/O Hardware monitoring sub-system: SMBUS NIC Chip: Intel(R) 82541PI Network Interface Controller P64-A: 64-bit, 66MHz PCI Subsystem One 64-bit PCI-X bus segment is directed through the 6300ESB ICH. This PCI-X segment, P64A, supports up to three PCI add-in cards on the full-height riser card, and one PCI add-in card on the low-profile riser card. 3.4.1.3 P64-Express-A: One x4 PCI Express Bus Segment One x4 PCI Express bus segment is directed through the E7320 MCH. This PCI Express segment, P64-Express-A, supports one x4 PCI Express add-in card. 3.4.1.4 P64-Express-B: One x1 PCI Express Bus Segment One x1 PCI Express bus segment is directed through the E7320 MCH. This PCI Express segment, P64-Express-B, supports the Marvell* 88E8050 Network Interface Controller. 3.4.1.5 PCI Riser Slots The Server Board SE7320VP2 has two riser slots capable of supporting riser cards for both 1U and 2U system configurations. Because of board placement resulting in different pin orientations, and expanded technology support associated with the full-height riser, the riser slots are not the same and require different riser cards. The low-profile riser slot (J5F1) utilizes a 202-pin connector. It is capable of supporting one lowprofile PCI-X add-in card. The P64-A bus can support bus speeds of up to 66MHz. The bus will match the card speed of the lowest speed card on the bus. In other words, if any of the addcards installed on the P64-A bus supports a maximum of 33MHz, the entire bus will throttle down to 33MHz to match the supported frequency of that card. When using a three slot riser card with the low-profile slot, a single PCI-X add-in card must be installed in the bottom PCI slot. Only one add-in card is supported with the low-profile slot, regardless of whether a one slot or three slot riser card is used with it. These population rules must be followed to maintain the signal integrity of the bus. The full-height riser slot implements an Intel(R) Adaptive Slot. This 280-pin connector is capable of supporting riser cards that meet either the PCI-X or PCI Express technology specifications. As a PCI-X only bus, the P64-A bus can support bus speeds of up to 66MHz with up to three PCI-X cards installed in the full-height riser slot. The bus speed will match the card speed of the lowest speed card on the bus. In other words, if any of the add-cards installed on the P64-A bus supports a maximum of 33MHz, the entire bus will throttle down to 33MHz to match the Revision 2.1 40 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture supported frequency of that card. When populating add-in cards in the PCI-X riser card, the add-in cards must be installed starting with the bottom PCI slot. A second add-in card must be installed in the middle slot, and so on. These population rules must be followed to maintain the signal integrity of the bus. When configured with a riser card supporting PCI Express technology, the full-height riser can support either one x4 PCI Express card, in the 1U riser card or one x4 PCI Express card and one PCI-X card, in the 2U riser card. The top PCI Express slot in the 2U riser card is not usable by the Server Board SE7320VP2. The maximum supported bus speed is 66MHz with the 2U riser card with the PCI-X slot. Population rules are similar to those of the PCI-X risers. These population rules must be followed to maintain the signal integrity of the bus. 3.4.1.6 Scan Order The BIOS assigns PCI bus numbers in a depth-first hierarchy, in accordance with the PCI Local Bus Specification. When a bridge device is located, the bus number is incremented in exception of a bridge device in the chipsets. Scanning continues on the secondary side of the bridge until all subordinate buses are defined. PCI bus numbers may change when PCI-PCI bridges are added or removed. If a bridge is inserted in a PCI bus, all subsequent PCI bus numbers below the current bus are increased by one. 3.4.1.7 PCI Bus Numbering PCI configuration space protocol requires that all PCI buses in a system be assigned a bus number. Bus numbers must be assigned in ascending order within hierarchical buses. Each PCI bridge has registers containing its PCI bus number and subordinate PCI bus number, which must be loaded by POST code. The subordinate PCI bus number is the bus number of the last hierarchical PCI bus under the current bridge. The PCI bus number and the subordinate PCI bus number are the same in the last hierarchical bridge. 3.4.1.8 Device Number and IDSEL Mapping Each device under a PCI bridge has its IDSEL input connected to one bit out of the PCI bus address/data signals AD[31::11] for the PCI bus. Each IDSEL-mapped AD bit acts as a chip select for each device on PCI. The host bridge responds to a unique PCI device ID value that, along with the bus number, cause the assertion of IDSEL for a particular device during configuration cycles. The following table shows the correspondence between IDSEL values and PCI device numbers for the PCI bus. The lower five bits of the device number are used in CONFIG_ADDRESS bits [15::11]. Table 9. PCI Configuration IDs and Device Numbers PCI Device MCH host-HI bridge/DRAM controller IDSEL Bus# / Device# / Function# 00 / 00 / 0 MCH DRAM Controller Error Reporting 00/00/1 MCH DMA controller 00/01/00 MCH EXP Bridge A0 00/02/00 MCH EXP Bridge A1 00/03/00 MCH EXP Bridge B0 00/04/00 MCH EXP Bridge B1 00/05/00 Revision 2.1 41 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 PCI Device MCH EXP Bridge C0 IDSEL MCH EXP Bridge C1 00/07/00 MCH Extended Configuration 00/08/00 ICH Hub Interface to PCI bridge 00 / 30 / 00 ICH PCI to LPC bridge 00 / 31 / 00 ICH IDE controller 00 / 31 / 01 ICH Serial ATA 00 / 31 / 02 ICH SMBus controller 00 / 31 / 03 ICH USB controller #1 00 / 29 / 00 ICH USB controller #2 00 / 29 / 01 ICH Watchdog Timer 00 / 29 / 04 ICH I/O APIC 00 / 29 / 05 ICH USB 2.0 controller 00 / 29 / 07 ICH Hub Interface to PCI-X bridge ATI Rage XL (PCI VGA) 3.4.1.9 Bus# / Device# / Function# 00/06/00 00 / 28 / 00 PC_AD18 / 12 /00 Resource Assignment The resource manager assigns the PIC-mode interrupt for the devices that will be accessed by the legacy code. The BIOS ensures the PCI BAR registers and the command register for all devices are correctly set up to match the behavior of the legacy BIOS. Code cannot make assumptions about the scan order of devices or the order in which resources will be allocated to them. The BIOS supports the INT 1Ah PCI BIOS interface calls. 3.4.1.10 Automatic IRQ Assignment The BIOS automatically assigns IRQs to devices in the system for legacy compatibility. No method is provided to manually configure the IRQs for devices. 3.4.1.11 Option ROM Support The option ROM support code in the BIOS dispatches the option ROMs in available memory space in the address range 0c0000h-0e7fffh and follows all rules with respect to the option ROM space. The BIOS integrates option ROMs for the Intel(R) 82541PI Network Interface Controller, Marvell* 88E8050 Network Interface Controller, and the ATI* Rage XL Video Controller. 3.4.1.12 PCI APIs The system BIOS supports the INT 1Ah, AH = B1h functions as defined in the PCI BIOS Specification. The system BIOS supports the real mode interfaces and does not support the protected mode interfaces. Revision 2.1 42 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.2 Functional Architecture Interrupt Routing The Server Board SE7320VP2 interrupt architecture accommodates both PC-compatible PIC mode and APIC mode interrupts through use of the integrated I/O APICs in the 6300ESB ICH. 3.4.2.1 Legacy Interrupt Routing For PC-compatible mode, the 6300ESB ICH provides two 82C59-compatible interrupt controllers. The two controllers are cascaded with interrupt levels 8-15 entering on level 2 of the primary interrupt controller (standard PC configuration). A single interrupt signal is presented to the processors, to which only one processor will respond for servicing. The 6300ESB ICH contains configuration registers that define which interrupt source logically maps to I/O APIC INTx pins. Both PCI and IRQ types of interrupts are handled by the 6300ESB ICH. The 6300ESB ICH translates these to the APIC bus. The numbers in the table below indicate the 6300ESB ICH PCI interrupt input pin to which the associated device interrupt (INTA, INTB, INTC, INTD) is connected. The 6300ESB ICH I/O APIC exists on the I/O APIC bus with the processors. Table 10. PCI Interrupt Routing/Sharing Interrupt (R) Intel 82541PI NIC INT A ICH_PIRQA Video ICH_PIRQB SIO ICH_SERIRQ INT B INT C INT D Legacy IDE (Primary) ICH_PIRQ14 Legacy IDE (Secondary) ICH_PIRQ15 FH Riser TCK and TCO P64A_IRQ0 P64A_IRQ1 P64A_IRQ2 P64A_IRQ3 P64-A Slot 1 P64A_IRQ0 P64A_IRQ1 P64A_IRQ2 P64A_IRQ3 P64-A Slot 2 P64A_IRQ1 P64A_IRQ2 P64A_IRQ3 P64A_IRQ0 P64-A Slot 3 P64A_IRQ2 P64A_IRQ3 P64A_IRQ0 P64A_IRQ1 3.4.2.2 APIC Interrupt Routing For APIC mode, the Server Board SE7320VP2 interrupt architecture incorporates two Intel I/O APIC devices to manage and broadcast interrupts to local APICs in each processor. The Intel I/O APICs monitor each interrupt on each PCI device including PCI slots in addition to the ISA compatibility interrupts IRQ(0-15). When an interrupt occurs, a message corresponding to the interrupt is sent across a three-wire serial interface to the local APICs. The APIC bus minimizes interrupt latency time for compatibility interrupt sources. The I/O APICs can also supply greater than 16 interrupt levels to the processor(s). This APIC bus consists of an APIC clock and two bidirectional data lines. Revision 2.1 43 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.4.2.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Legacy Interrupt Sources The table below recommends the logical interrupt mapping of interrupt sources on the Server Board SE7320VP2. The actual interrupt map is defined using configuration registers in the 6300ESB ICH. Table 11. Interrupt Definitions ISA Interrupt IRQ0 8254 Counter 0, MMT#0 Description IRQ1 Keyboard IRQ2 8259 #2 cascade (In APIC mode 8254 Counter 0) IRQ3 Serial port A IRQ4 Serial port B IRQ5 Parallel Port (Not implemented) IRQ6 Floppy IRQ7 Parallel port, generic (Not implemented) IRQ8 RTC, MMT#1 IRQ9 Option for PIRQx, SCI, TCO, boot interrupt IRQ10 Option for PIRQx, SCI, TCO IRQ11 Option for PIRQx, SCI, TCO, MMT#2 IRQ12 PS2 Mouse IRQ13 FERR# Logic IRQ14 Primary IDE (legacy mode) IRQ15 Secondary IDE (legacy mode) Revision 2.1 44 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.2.4 Functional Architecture Serialized IRQ Support The Server Board SE7320VP2 supports a serialized interrupt delivery mechanism. Serialized Interrupt Requests (SERIRQ) consists of a start frame, a minimum of 17 IRQ / data channels, and a stop frame. Any slave device in quiet mode may initiate the start frame. While in continuous mode, the start frame is initiated by the host controller. Super I/O Timer Cascade Serial Serial ISA Floppy/I ISA SERI SERIRQ 6300ESB ICH Interrupt Routing Serialized IRQ Interface Keyboar RTC SCI/ISA ISA ISA Mouse/I Coprocessor P IDE/IS Not Intel(R) 82541PI NIC PIRQ Video PIRQ USB 1.1 Controller 1, IDE & SATA PIRQ USB 1.1 Controller 2 PIRQ PIRQx, SCI, TCO, boot interrupt PIRQ PIRQx, SCI, TCO PIRQ PIRQx, SCI, TCO, MMT#2 PIRQ USB 2.0 EHCI Controller #1, PIRQx, SCI, TCO, MMT#2 PIRQ Figure 6. Interrupt Routing Diagram Revision 2.1 45 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.4.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 IDE Support The integrated IDE controller of the 6300ESB ICH provides two IDE channels. These IDE channels are capable of supporting up to two drives for each channel. A standard 40-pin IDE connector on the baseboard interfaces with the primary IDE channel signals. The signals of the secondary IDE channel are routed to the high-density 100-pin front panel/floppy/IDE connector for use in either the Intel(R) Server Chassis SR1400 LC (1U chassis) or the Intel(R) Server Chassis SR2400 (2U chassis). The IDE channels can be configured and enabled or disabled by accessing the BIOS Setup Utility during POST. The BIOS supports the ATA/ATAPI Specification, version 6 or later. It initializes the embedded IDE controller in the chipset south-bridge and the IDE devices that are connected to these devices. The BIOS scans the IDE devices and programs the controller and the devices with their optimum timings. The IDE disk read/write services that are provided by the BIOS use PIO mode, but the BIOS will program the necessary Ultra DMA registers in the IDE controller so that the operating system can use the Ultra DMA modes. The BIOS initializes and supports ATAPI devices such as LS-120/240, CDROM, CD-RW and DVD. The BIOS initializes and supports S-ATA devices just like P-ATA devices. It initializes the embedded the IDE controllers in the chipset and any S-ATA devices that are connected to these controllers. From a software standpoint, S-ATA controllers present the same register interface as the P-ATA controllers. Hot plugging S-ATA drives during the boot process is not supported by the BIOS and may result in undefined behavior 3.4.3.1 Ultra ATA/100 The IDE interfaces of the 6300ESB ICH DMA protocol redefines signals on the IDE cable to allow both host and target throttling of data and transfer rates of up to 100MB/s. 3.4.3.2 IDE Initialization The BIOS supports the ATA/ATAPI Specification, version 6 or later. The BIOS initializes the embedded IDE controller in the chipset (6300ESB ICH) and the IDE devices that are connected to these devices. The BIOS scans the IDE devices and programs the controller and the devices with their optimum timings. The IDE disk read/write services that are provided by the BIOS use PIO mode, but the BIOS programs the necessary Ultra DMA registers in the IDE controller so that the operating system can use the Ultra DMA Modes. 3.4.4 SATA Support The integrated Serial ATA (SATA) controller of the 6300ESB provides two SATA ports on the baseboard. The SATA ports can be enabled/disabled and/or configured by accessing the BIOS Setup Utility during POST. The SATA function in the 6300ESB has dual modes of operation to support different operating system conditions. In the case of native IDE-enabled operating systems, the 6300ESB has separate PCI functions for serial and parallel ATA. To support legacy operating systems, there is only one PCI function for both the serial and parallel ATA ports. The MAP register provides the ability to share PCI functions. When sharing is enabled, all decode of I/O is done through the SATA registers. A software write to the Function Disable Register (D31, F0, offset F2h, bit 1) Revision 2.1 46 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture causes Device 31, Function 1 (IDE controller) to hidden, and its configuration registers are not used. The SATA Capability Pointer Register (offset 34h) will change to indicate that MSI is not supported in combined mode. The 6300ESB SATA controller features two sets of interface signals that can be independently enabled or disabled. Each interface is supported by an independent DMA controller. The 6300ESB SATA controller interacts with an attached mass storage device through a register interface that is equivalent to that presented by a traditional IDE host adapter. The host software follows existing standards and conventions when accessing the register interface and follows standard command protocol conventions. SATA interface transfer rates are independent of UDMA mode settings. SATA interface transfer rates will operate at the bus's maximum speed, regardless of the UDMA mode reported by the SATA device or the system BIOS. 3.4.4.1 SATA RAID The Intel(R) Embedded RAID Technology solution, available with the 6300ESB ICH, offers data stripping for higher performance (RAID Level 0), alleviating disk bottlenecks by taking advantage of the dual independent SATA controllers integrated in the 6300ESB ICH. There is no loss of PCI resources (request/grant pair) or add-in card slot. Intel(R) Embedded RAID Technology functionality requires the following items: 6300ESB ICH Intel Embedded RAID Technology Option ROM must be on the platform Intel(R) Application Accelerator RAID Edition drivers, most recent revision Two SATA hard disk drives Intel Embedded RAID Technology is not available in the following configurations: The SATA controller in compatible mode Intel Embedded RAID Technology has been disabled 3.4.4.2 Intel(R) Embedded RAID Technology Option ROM The Intel Embedded RAID Technology for SATA Option ROM provides a pre-OS user interface for the Intel Embedded RAID Technology implementation and provides the ability for an Intel Embedded RAID Technology volume to be used as a boot disk as well as to detect any faults in the Intel Embedded RAID Technology volume(s) attached to the Intel(R) RAID controller. 3.4.5 Video Support The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides an ATI* Rage XL PCI graphics accelerator, along with 8 MB of video SDRAM and support circuitry for an embedded SVGA video subsystem. The ATI Rage XL chip contains a SVGA video controller, clock generator, 2D and 3D engine, and RAMDAC in a 272-pin PBGA. One 2Mx32 SDRAM chip provides 8 MB of video memory. The SVGA subsystem supports a variety of modes, up to 1600 x 1200 resolution in 8/16/24/32 bpp modes under 2D, and up to 1024 x 768 resolution in 8/16/24/32 bpp modes under 3D. It also supports both CRT and LCD monitors up to 100 Hz vertical refresh rate. Revision 2.1 47 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Video is accessed using a standard 15-pin VGA connector found on the back edge of the server board. Video signals are also made available through the 100-pin control Panel / floppy / IDE connector allowing for an optional video connector to be present on the platform's control panel. Video is routed to the rear video connector by default. Circuitry on the baseboard disables the rear video connector when a monitor is plugged in to the control panel video connector. Hot plugging the video while the system is still running is supported. On-board video can be disabled using the BIOS Setup Utility or when an add-in video card is installed. System BIOS also provides the option for dual video operation when an add-in video card is configured in the system. 3.4.5.1 Video Modes The Rage XL chip supports all standard IBM VGA modes. The following table shows the 2D/3D modes supported for both CRT and LCD. Table 12. Video Modes 2D Mode Refresh Rate (Hz) 2D Video Mode Support 16 bpp 24 bpp Supported Supported 32 bpp Supported 640x480 60, 72, 75, 90, 100 8 bpp Supported 800x600 60, 70, 75, 90, 100 Supported Supported Supported Supported 1024x768 60, 72, 75, 90, 100 Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported 1280x1024 43, 60 Supported 1280x1024 70, 72 Supported - Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported 1600x1200 60, 66 Supported Supported Supported 1600x1200 76, 85 Supported Supported Supported 3D Mode Refresh Rate (Hz) 640x480 60,72,75,90,100 8 bpp Supported 800x600 60,70,75,90,100 Supported 1024x768 60,72,75,90,100 1280x1024 43,60,70,72 1600x1200 60,66,76,85 Supported 3D Mode - 3D Video Mode Support with Z Buffer Enabled 16 bpp 24 bpp 32 bpp Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Refresh Rate (Hz) 8 bpp Supported - - - - - 3D Video Mode Support with Z Buffer Disabled 16 bpp 24 bpp 32 bpp Supported Supported Supported 640x480 60,72,75,90,100 800x600 60,70,75,90,100 Supported Supported Supported Supported 1024x768 60,72,75,90,100 Supported Supported Supported Supported 1280x1024 43,60,70,72 Supported Supported Supported 1600x1200 60,66,76,85 Supported Supported - - - Revision 2.1 48 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.5.2 Functional Architecture Video Memory Interface The memory controller subsystem of the Rage XL arbitrates requests from direct memory interface, the VGA graphics controller, the drawing coprocessor, the display controller, the video scalar, and hardware cursor. Requests are serviced in a manner that ensures display integrity and maximum CPU/coprocessor drawing performance. The Server Board SE7320VP2 supports an 8MB (512Kx32bitx4 Banks) SDRAM device for video memory. The following table shows the video memory interface signals: Table 13. Video Memory Interface 3.4.5.3 Signal Name CAS# I/O Type O Description Column Address Select CKE O Clock Enable for Memory CS#[1..0] O Chip Select for Memory DQM[7..0] O Memory Data Byte Mask DSF O Memory Special Function Enable HCLK O Memory Clock [11..0] O Memory Address Bus MD[31..0] I/O Memory Data Bus RAS# O Row Address Select WE# O Write Enable Dual Video The BIOS supports single and dual video modes. The dual video mode is enabled by default. In single mode (Dual Monitor Video=Disabled), the onboard video controller is disabled when an add-in video card is detected. In dual mode (Onboard Video=Enabled, Dual Monitor Video=Enabled), the onboard video controller is enabled and will be the primary video device. The external video card will be allocated resources and is considered the secondary video device. BIOS Setup provides user options to configure the feature as follows: Video is routed to the rear video connector by default. When a monitor is plugged in to the front panel video connector, the video is routed to it and the rear connector is disabled. This can be done by hot plugging the video connector. Onboard Video Enabled Disabled Dual Monitor Video Enabled Disabled Shaded if onboard video is set to "Disabled" Revision 2.1 49 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.4.6 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Marvell* 88E8050 - PCI Express Network Interface Controller The Marvell* 88E8050 Gigabit Ethernet controller is a single, compact component with integrated Gigabit Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. This device uses PCI Express architecture (Revision 1.0a). The Marvell 88E8050 provides a standard IEEE 802.3 Ethernet interface for 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, and 10BASE-T applications (802.3, 802.3u, and 802.3ab). In addition to managing MAC and PHY Ethernet layer functions, the controller manages PCI Express packet traffic across its transaction link and physical/logical layers via a x1 PCI Express link. The Marvell 88E8050 is packaged in a 64-pin, 9x9mm QFN package. 3.4.7 Intel(R) 82541PI - PCI Network Interface Controller The Intel(R) 82541PI Gigabit Ethernet is a single, compact component with an integrated Gigabit Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. The 82541PI allows for Gigabit Ethernet implementation in a very small area. The 82541PI integrates fourth generation gigabit MAC design with fully integrated, physical layer circuitry to provide a standard IEEE 802.3 Ethernet interface for 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, and 10BASE-T applications (802.3, 802.3u, and 802.3ab). The controller is capable of transmitting and receiving data at rates of 1000 Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 10 Mbps. The device interfaces with the 6300ESB ICH from the 32-bit PCI 2.3 compliant bus running at 33 MHz. 3.4.7.1 NIC Connector and Status LEDs Each Network Interface Controller (NIC) drives two LEDs located on each network interface connector. The link/activity LED (to the left of the connector) indicates network connection when on, and Transmit/Receive activity when blinking. The speed LED (to the right of the connector) indicates 1000-Mbps operation when amber, 100-Mbps operation when green, and 10-Mbps when off. 3.4.8 USB 2.0 Support The USB controller functionality integrated into 6300ESB ICH provides the baseboard with the interface for up to four USB 2.0 ports. Two external connectors are located on the back edge of the baseboard. One internal 1x10 header is provided, capable of supporting an additional two optional USB 2.0 ports. 3.4.9 Super I/O Chip Legacy I/O support is provided by using a National Semiconductor* PC87427 Super I/O device. This chip contains all of the necessary circuitry to control two serial ports, one parallel port, floppy disk, and PS/2-compatible keyboard and mouse. Of these, the Server Board SE7320VP2 supports the following: GPIOs Two serial ports Floppy controller Keyboard and mouse controller Wake up control Revision 2.1 50 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.9.1 Functional Architecture GPIOs The National Semiconductor* PC87427 Super I/O provides nine general-purpose input/output pins that the Server Board SE7320VP2 utilizes. The following table identifies the pin and the signal name used in the schematic: Table 14. Super I/O GPIO Usage Table Pin 124 Name GPIO00/CLKRUN_L IO / GPIO I/O TP 125 GPIO01/KBCLK I/O KB_CLK 126 GPIO02/KBDAT I/O KB_DAT 127 GPIO03/MCLK I/O MS_CLK 128 GPIO04/MDAT I/O MS_DAT 9 GPIO05/XRDY I/O TP 10 GPIO06/XIRQ I/O BMC_SYSIRQ SE7320VP2 Use 13 GPIO07/HFCKOUT I/O SIO_CLK_40M_BMC 1 GPIOE10/XA11 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<11> 2 GPIOE11/XA10 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<10> 3 GPIOE12/XA9 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<9> 4 GPIOE13/XA8 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<8> 5 GPIOE14/XA7 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<7> 6 GPIOE15/XA6 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<6> 7 GPIOE16/XA5 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<5> 8 GPIOE17/XA4 I/O,I(E)1 XBUS_A<4> 14 GPIO20/XRD_XEN_L I/O XBUS_XRD_L 15 GPIO21/XWR_XRW_L I/O XBUS_XWR_L 16 GPIO22/XA3 I/O XBUS_A<3> 17 GPIO23/XA2 I/O XBUS_A<2> 18 GPIO24/XA1 I/O XBUS_A<1> 19 GPIO25/XA0 I/O XBUS_A<0> 22 GPIO26/XCS1_L I/O TP 23 GPIO27/XCS0_L I/O XBUS_XCS0_L 24 GPIO30/XD7 I/O XBUS_D<7> 25 GPIO31/XD6 I/O XBUS_D<6> 26 GPIO32/XD5 I/O XBUS_D<5> 27 GPIO33/XD4 I/O XBUS_D<4> 28 GPIO34/XD3 I/O XBUS_D<3> 29 GPIO35/XD2 I/O XBUS_D<2> 30 GPIO36/XD1 I/O XBUS_D<1> 31 GPIO37/XD0 I/O XBUS_D<0> 20 GPIOE40/XCS3_L I/O,I(E)1 TP 21 GPIOE41/XCS2_L I/O,I(E)1 TP 35 GPIOE42/SLBTIN_L I/O,I(E)1 TP Revision 2.1 51 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.4.9.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Pin 49 Name GPIOE43/PWBTOUT_L IO / GPIO I/O,I(E)1 SE7320VP2 Use ZZ_POST_CLK_LED_L 50 GPIOE44/LED1 I/O,I(E)1 ZZ_BIOS_ROLLING 51 GPIOE45/LED2 I/O,I(E)1 FP_PWR_LED_L 52 GPIOE46/SLPS3_L I/O,I(E)1 TP 53 GPIOE47/SLPS5_L I/O,I(E)1 TP 36 GPIO50/PWBTN_L I/O TP 37 GPIO51/SIOSMI_L I/O TP 38 GPIO52/SIOSCI_L I/O SIO_PME_L 45 GPIO53/LFCKOUT/MSEN0 I/O TP 54 GPIO54/VDDFELL I/O ZZ_POST_DATA_LED_L 56 GPIO55/CLKIN I/O CLK_48M_SIO 32 GPO60/XSTB2/XCNF2_L O PU_XBUS_XCNF2 33 GPO61/XSTB1/XCNF1_L O XBUS_XSTB1_L 34 GPO62/XSTB0/XCNF0_L O PU_XBUS_XCNF0 48 GPO63/ACBSA O PU_SIO_ACBSA 55 GPO64/WDO_L/CKIN48 O PU_SIO_CKIN48 Serial Ports The baseboard provides two serial ports: an external RJ45 Serial port, and an internal DH10 Serial header. The following sub-sections provide details on the use of the serial ports. 3.4.9.2.1 Serial Port A Serial A is an optional port, accessed through a 9-pin internal DH-10 header. A standard DH10 to DB9 cable can be used to direct Serial A out the back of a chassis. The Serial A interface follows the standard RS232 pinout as defined in the following table. Table 15. Serial A Header Pinout Pin Signal Name 1 DCD 2 DSR 3 RX 4 RTS 5 TX 6 CTS 7 DTR 8 RI 9 GND Serial Port A Header Pinout Revision 2.1 52 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.9.2.2 Functional Architecture Serial Port B Serial B is an external 8-pin RJ45 connector that is located on the back edge of the baseboard. For those server applications that require an external modem, an RJ45-to-DB9 adapter is necessary. 3.4.9.2.3 Rear RJ45 Serial B Port Configuration The rear RJ45 Serial B port is a fully functional serial port that can support any standard serial device. Using an RJ45 connector for a serial port allows direct support for serial port concentrators, which typically use RJ45 connectors and are widely used in the high-density server market. For server applications that use a serial concentrator to access the server management features of the baseboard, a standard 8-pin CAT-5 cable from the serial concentrator is plugged directly into the rear RJ45 serial port. To allow support for either of two serial port configuration standards, a jumper block located directly behind the rear RJ45 serial port must be configured appropriately according to the desired standard. For serial concentrators that require a DCD signal, the jumper block must be configured with the Serial Port jumper and must be over position 1 and 3. For serial concentrators that require a DSR signal (Default), the jumper block must be configured with the Serial Port jumper over position 2 and 4. Pin 1 on the jumper is denoted by "*". Note: By default, the rear RJ45 serial port is configured to support a DSR signal, which is compatible with the Cisco* standard. Figure 7. Serial Port Configuration Jumper Location Table 16. Serial Port Configuration Jumper [J8A3] Revision 2.1 53 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Pins 1-3 What happens at system reset... Serial port is configured for DCD to DTR 2-4 Serial port is configured for DSR to DTR (default) For server applications that require a DB9 serial connector, an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 adapter must be used. The following table provides the pinout required for the adapter to provide RS232 support. A standard DH10-to-DB 9 cable and 8-pin RJ45 to DB9 DCD and DSR adapters are available from Intel in the Serial Port Accessory Kit, product code: AXXRJ45DB92. Table 17. Rear Serial B Port Adapter Pinout RJ45 1 Signal Request to Send Abbreviation RTS 7 DB9 2 Data Terminal Ready DTR 4 3 Transmitted Data TD 3 4 Signal Ground SGND 5 5 Ring Indicator RI 9 6 Received Data RD 2 7 DCD or DSR DCD/DSR 1 or 6 (see note) 8 Clear To Send CTS 8 Note: The RJ45-to-DB9 adapter should match the configuration of the serial device used. One of two pinout configurations is used, depending on whether the serial device requires a DSR or DCD signal. The final adapter configuration should also match the desired pinout of the RJ45 connector, as it can also be configured to support either DSR or DCD. 3.4.9.3 Removable Media Drives The BIOS supports removable media devices, including 1.44MB floppy removable media devices and optical devices such as a CD-ROM drive or a read-only DVD-ROM drive. The BIOS supports booting from USB mass storage devices connected to the chassis USB port, such as a USB key device. The BIOS supports USB 2.0 media storage devices that are backward compatible to the USB 1.1 specification. 3.4.9.4 Floppy Disk Support The floppy disk controller (FDC) in the SIO is functionally compatible with floppy disk controllers in the DP8473 and N844077. All FDC functions are integrated into the SIO including analog data separator and 16-byte FIFO. The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides two separate interfaces for the floppy disk controller. The first is a SSI compliant 36-pin connector, and the second is routed through the high-density 100-pin floppy / front panel / IDE connector. Note: Using both interfaces in a common configuration is not supported. Revision 2.1 54 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.4.9.5 Functional Architecture Keyboard and Mouse Support Dual stacked PS/2 ports, located on the back edge of the baseboard, are provided for keyboard and mouse support. Either port can support a mouse or keyboard. Neither port supports hot plugging. 3.4.9.6 Wake-up Control The Super I/O contains functionality that allows various events to control the power-on and power-off the system. 3.4.10 BIOS Flash The BIOS supports the Intel(R) 28F320C3B flash part. The flash part is a 4-MB flash ROM with 2MB programmable. The flash ROM contains system initialization routines, setup utility, and runtime support routines. The exact layout is subject to change, as determined by Intel. A 128KB block is available for storing OEM code (user binary) and custom logos. 3.5 Configuration and Initialization This section describes the initial programming environment including address maps for memory and I/O, techniques and considerations for programming ASIC registers, and hardware options configuration. 3.5.1 Memory Space At the highest level, the Intel(R) XeonTM processor address space is divided into four regions, as shown in the following figure. Each region contains the sub-regions that are described in following sections. Attributes can be independently assigned to regions and sub-regions using the Intel Server Board SE7320VP2 registers. The Intel E7320 chipset supports 64GB of hostaddressable memory space and 64KB+3 of host-addressable I/O space. The Server Board SE7320VP2 supports only the main memory up to 24GB for DDR-266 or up to 16GB for DDR-333 and DDR2-400. Revision 2.1 55 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 64GB Hi PCI Memory Address Range Upper Memory Ranges Additional Main Memory Address Range 4GB Lo PCI Memory Space Range TSEG SMRAM Space Main Memory Address Range Optional ISA Hole Top of Low Memory (TOLM) 16MB 15MB 1MB DOS Legacy Address Range 640KB 512KB 0 Figure 8. Intel(R) XeonTM Processor Memory Address Space Revision 2.1 56 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.5.1.1 Functional Architecture DOS Compatibility Region The first region of memory below 1 MB was defined for early PCs, and must be maintained for compatibility. The region is divided into sub-regions as shown in the following figure. 0FFFFFh 1MB System BIOS 0F0000h 0EFFFFh 960KB Extended System BIOS 0E0000h 0DFFFFh 896KB Add-in Card BIOS and Buffer Area 0C0000h 0BFFFFh 768KB PCI/ISA Video or SMM Area 0A0000h 09FFFFh 640KB ISA Window Area 080000h 512KB 07FFFFh = Shadowed in main memory = Mappable to PCI or ISA memory DOS Area = Main memory only 000000h 0 = PCI only Figure 9. DOS Compatibility Region Revision 2.1 57 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.5.1.1.1 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 DOS Area The DOS region is 512 KB in the address range 0 to 07FFFFh. This region is fixed and all accesses go to main memory. 3.5.1.1.2 ISA Window Memory The ISA Window Memory is 128 KB between the address of 080000h to 09FFFFh. This area can be mapped to the PCI bus or main memory. 3.5.1.1.3 Video or SMM Memory The 128 KB Graphics Adapter Memory region at 0A0000h to 0BFFFFh is normally mapped to the VGA controller on the PCI bus. This region is also the default region for SMM space. 3.5.1.1.4 Add-in Card BIOS and Buffer Area The 128 KB region between addresses 0C0000h to 0DFFFFh is divided into eight segments of 16 KB segments mapped to ISA memory space, each with programmable attributes, for expansion cards buffers. Historically, the 32 KB region from 0C0000h to 0C7FFFh has contained the video BIOS location on the video card 3.5.1.1.5 Extended System BIOS This 64 KB region from 0E0000h to 0EFFFFh is divided into four blocks of 16 KB each, and may be mapped with programmable attributes to map to either main memory or to the PCI bus. Typically this area is used for RAM or ROM. This region can also be used extended SMM space. 3.5.1.1.6 System BIOS The 64 KB region from 0F0000h to 0FFFFFh is treated as a single block. By default, this area is normally read/write disabled with accesses forwarded to the PCI bus. Through manipulation of read/write attributes, this region can be shadowed into main memory. 3.5.1.2 Extended Memory Extended memory is defined as all address space greater than 1MB. The extended memory region covers 8GB maximum of address space from addresses 0100000h to FFFFFFFh, as shown in the following figure. PCI memory space can be remapped to top of memory (TOM). Revision 2.1 58 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture 64GB Extended lntel E7320 chipset region Top Of Memory (TOM) FFFFFFFFh High BIOS Area FFE00000h PCI Memory Space FEC0FFFFh APIC Space FEC00000h 512KB Extended System Management RAM Top of Low Memory (TOLM) Depends on installed DIMMs 16MB Optional Fixed Memory Hole 15MB Main Memory Address Region 100000h Figure 10. Extended Memory Map 3.5.1.2.1 Main Memory All installed memory greater than 1MB is mapped to local main memory, up to 8GB of physical memory. Memory between 1MB to 15MB is considered to be standard ISA extended memory. 1MB of memory starting at 15MB can be optionally mapped to the PCI bus memory space. The remainder of this space, up to 8GB, is mapped to main memory, unless System Management Mode (SMM) is used which is just under the Top of Low Memory (TOLM). The range can be from 128KB till 1MB. 1MB depends on the BIOS setting C SMRAM is used which limits the top of memory to 256MB. The BIOS occupies 512KB for the 32-bit SMI handler. Revision 2.1 59 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.5.1.2.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 PCI Memory Space Memory addresses below the 4GB range are mapped to the PCI bus. This region is divided into three sections: High BIOS, APIC configuration space, and general-purpose PCI memory. The General-purpose PCI memory area is typically used memory-mapped I/O to PCI devices. The memory address space for each device is set using PCI configuration registers. 3.5.1.2.3 High BIOS The top 1MB of extended memory under 4GB is reserved for the system BIOS, extended BIOS for PCI devices, and A20 aliasing by the system BIOS. The lntel(R) XeonTM processor begins executing from the high BIOS region after reset. 3.5.1.2.4 High Memory Gap Reclaiming The BIOS creates a region immediately below 4 GB to accommodate memory-mapped I/O regions for the system BIOS Flash, APIC memory and 32-bit PCI devices. Any system memory in this region is remapped above 4GB. 3.5.1.2.5 I/O APIC Configuration Space A 64KB block located 20MB below 4GB (0FEC00000 to 0FEC0FFFFh) is reserved for the I/O APIC configuration space. The first I/O APIC is located at FEC00000h. The second I/O APIC is located at FEC80000h. The third I/O APIC is located at FEC80100h. 3.5.1.2.6 Extended lntel(R) XeonTM Processor Region (above 4GB) An lntel(R) XeonTM processor based system can have up to 64 GB of addressable memory. With the chipset only supporting 16GB of addressable memory, the BIOS uses an extended addressing mechanism to use the address ranges. 3.5.1.3 Memory Shadowing System BIOS and option ROM can be shadowed in main memory. Typically this is done to allow ROM code to execute more rapidly out of RAM. ROM is designated read-only during the copy process while RAM at the same address is designated write-only. After copying, the RAM is designated read-only. After the BIOS is shadowed, the attributes for that memory area are set to read only so that all writes are forwarded to the expansion bus. Revision 2.1 60 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.5.1.4 Functional Architecture System Management Mode Handling The chipset supports System Management Mode (SMM) operation in one of three modes. System Management RAM (SMRAM) provides code and data storage space for the SMI_L handler code, and is made visible to the processor only on entry to SMM, or other conditions that can be configured using Intel E7320 chipset. The MCH supports three SMM options: Compatible SMRAM (C_SMRAM) High Segment (HSEG) Top of Memory Segment (TSEG) Three abbreviations are used later in the table that describes SMM Space Transaction Handling. SMM Space Enabled Compatible (C) Transaction Address Space (Adr) A0000h to BFFFFh DRAM Space (DRAM) A0000h to BFFFFh High (H) 0FEDA0000h TO 0FEDBFFFFh A0000h to BFFFFh TSEG (T) (TOLM-TSEG_SZ) to TOLM (TOLM-TSEG_SZ) to TOLM Notes: High SMM is different than in previous chipsets. In previous chipsets the high segment was the 384KB region from A_0000h to F_FFFFh. However, C_0000h to F_FFFFh was not useful so it is deleted in MCH. TSEG SMM is different than in previous chipsets. In previous chipsets, the TSEG address space was offset by 256MB to allow for simpler decoding and the TSEG was remapped to directly under the TOLM. In the MCH, the TSEG region is not offset by 256MB and it is not remapped. Table 18. SMM Space Table Global Enable G_SMRAME 0 High Enable H_SMRAME X TSEG Enable TSEG_EN X Compatible (C) Range Disable High (H) Range Disable TSEG (T) Range Disable 1 0 0 Enable Disable Disable 1 0 1 Enable Disable Enable 1 1 0 Disable Enable Disable 1 1 1 Disable Enable Enable Revision 2.1 61 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture 3.5.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 I/O Map The baseboard I/O addresses to be mapped to the processor bus or through designated bridges in a multi-bridge system. Other PCI devices, including the 6300ESB ICH, have built-in features that support PC-compatible I/O devices and functions, which are mapped to specific addresses in I/O space. On the Server Board SE7320VP2, the 6300ESB ICH provides the bridge to ISA functions. The I/O map in the following table shows the location in I/O space of all direct I/O-accessible registers. PCI configuration space registers for each device control mapping in I/O and memory spaces, and other features that may affect the global I/O map. Table 19. I/O Map Address(es) 0000h - 000Fh DMA Controller 1 Resource 0010h - 001Fh DMA Controller 2 0020h - 0021h Interrupt Controller 1 Notes Aliased from 0000h - 000Fh 0022h - 0023h 0024h - 0025h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020 - 0021h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h 002Ch - 002Dh Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h 002Eh - 002Fh Super I/O (SIO) index and Data ports 0030h - 0031h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h Interrupt Controller 1 Aliased from 0020h - 0021h 0026h - 0027h 0028h - 0029h 002Ah - 002Bh 0032h - 0033h 0034h - 0035h 0036h - 0037h 0038h - 0039h 003Ah - 003Bh 003Ch - 003Dh 003Eh - 003Fh 0040h - 0043h Programmable Timers 0044h - 004Fh 0050h - 0053F Programmable Timers 0054h - 005Fh 0060h, 0064h Keyboard Controller 0061h NMI Status and Control Register Keyboard chip select from 87417 0063h NMI Status and Control Register Aliased 0065h NMI Status and Control Register Aliased 0067h NMI Status and Control Register Aliased 0070h NMI Mask (bit 7) and RTC address (bits 6::0) 0072h NMI Mask (bit 7) and RTC address (bits 6::0) Aliased from 0070h 0074h NMI Mask (bit 7) and RTC address (bits 6::0) Aliased from 0070h Revision 2.1 62 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Functional Architecture Address(es) 0076h Resource NMI Mask (bit 7) and RTC address (bits 6::0) 0071h RTC Data 0073h RTC Data Aliased from 0071h 0075h RTC Data Aliased from 0071h 0077h RTC Data Aliased from 0071h 0080h - 0081h BIOS Timer 0080h - 008F DMA Low Page Register 0090h - 0091h DMA Low Page Register (aliased) 0092h System Control Port A (PC-AT control Port) (this port not aliased in DMA range) 0093h - 009Fh DMA Low Page Register (aliased) 0094h Video Display Controller 00A0h - 00A1h Interrupt Controller 2 00A4h - 00A5h Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00A8h - 00A9h Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00ACh - 00ADh Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00B0h - 00B1h Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00B4h - 00B5h Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00B8h - 00B9h Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00BCh - 00BDh Interrupt Controller 2 (aliased) 00C0h - 00DFh DMA Controller 2 00F0h Clear NPX error 00F8h - 00FFh X87 Numeric Coprocessor 0102h Video Display Controller Resets IRQ13 0170h - 0177h Secondary Fixed Disk Controller (IDE) 01F0h - 01F7h Primary Fixed Disk Controller (IDE) 0200h - 0207h Game I/O Port 0220h - 022Fh Serial Port A 0238h - 023Fh Serial Port B 0278h - 027Fh Parallel Port 3 0290h - 0298h NS HW monitor 02E8h - 02EFh Serial Port B Notes Aliased from 0070h 02F8h - 02FFh Serial Port B 0338h - 033Fh Serial Port B 0370h - 0375h Secondary Floppy 0376h Secondary IDE 0377h Secondary IDE/Floppy 0378h - 037Fh Parallel Port 2 03B4h - 03Bah Monochrome Display Port 03BCh - 03BFh Parallel Port 1 (Primary) 03C0h - 03CFh Video Display Controller 03D4h - 03Dah Color Graphics Controller 03E8h - 03Efh Serial Port A 03F0h - 03F5h Floppy Disk Controller Revision 2.1 63 Intel order number C91056-002 Functional Architecture Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Address(es) 03F6h - 03F7h Resource Primary IDE - Sec Floppy 03F8h - 03FFh Serial Port A (primary) 0400h - 043Fh DMA Controller 1, Extended Mode Registers 0461h Extended NMI / Reset Control 0480h - 048Fh DMA High Page Register 04C0h - 04CFh DMA Controller 2, High Base Register 04D0h - 04D1h Interrupt Controllers 1 and 2 Control Register 04D4h - 04D7h DMA Controller 2, Extended Mode Register 04D8h - 04DFh Reserved 04E0h - 04FFh DMA Channel Stop Registers 051Ch Software NMI (051Ch) 0678h - 067Ah Parallel Port (ECP) 0778h - 077Ah Parallel Port (ECP) 07BCh - 07Beh Parallel Port (ECP) 0CF8h PCI CONFIG_ADDRESS Register 0CF9h Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Turbo and Reset Control 0CFCh PCI CONFIG_DATA Register 3.5.3 Notes Accessing Configuration Space All PCI devices contain PCI configuration space, accessed using mechanism #1 defined in the PCI Local Bus Specification. If dual processors are used, only the processor designated as the Boot Strap Processor (BSP) should perform PCI configuration space accesses. Precautions must be taken to guarantee that only one processor performs system configuration. Two Dword I/O registers in the chipset are used for the configuration space register access: CONFIG_ADDRESS (I/O address 0CF8h) CONFIG_DATA (I/O address 0CFCh) When CONFIG_ADDRESS is written to with a 32-bit value selecting the bus number, device on the bus, and specific configuration register in the device, a subsequent read or write of CONFIG_DATA initiates the data transfer to/from the selected configuration register. Byte enables are valid during accesses to CONFIG_DATA; they determine whether the configuration register is being accessed or not. Only full Dword reads and writes to CONFIG_ADDRESS are recognized as a configuration access by the chipset. All other I/O accesses to CONFIG_ADDRESS are treated as normal I/O transactions. Revision 2.1 64 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 3.5.3.1 Functional Architecture CONFIG_ADDRESS Register CONFIG_ADDRESS is 32 bits wide and contains the field format shown in the following figure. Bits [23::16] choose a specific bus in the system. Bits [15::11] choose a specific device on the selected bus. Bits [10:8] choose a specific function in a multi-function device. Bit [8::2] select a specific register in the configuration space of the selected device or function on the bus. 31 30 24 23 Reserved 16 15 Bus Number 11 10 Device 8 7 Function 1 Register 0 0 Enable bit (`1' = enabled, `0' = disabled) Figure 11. CONFIG_ADDRES Register 3.6 Clock Generation and Distribution All buses on the baseboard operate using synchronous clocks. Clock synthesizer/driver circuitry on the baseboard generates clock frequencies and voltage levels as required, including the following: 200MHz differential clock at 0.7V logic levels. For Processor 0, Processor 1, Debug Port and MCH 100MHz differential clock at 0.7V logic levels on CK409B. For DB800 clock buffer 100MHz differential clock at 0.7 Vlogic levels on DB800. For PCI Express Device is MCH, which includes x4 PCI Express Slot. For SATA is 6300ESB ICH 66MHz at 3.3V logic levels: For E7320 and 6300ESB ICH 48MHz at 3.3V logic levels: For 6300ESB ICH and SIO 33MHz at 3.3V logic levels: For 6300ESB ICH, Video, mBMC and SIO 14.318MHz at 2.5V logic levels: For 6300ESB ICH and video 10Mhz at 5V logic levels: For mBMC The PCI-X slot speed on the full-length riser card is determined by the riser card in use. Revision 2.1 65 Intel order number C91056-002 0 System BIOS 4. Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 System BIOS The BIOS is implemented as firmware that resides in the Flash ROM. It provides hardwarespecific initialization algorithms and standard PC-compatible basic input/output services, and standard Intel(R) Server Board features. The Flash ROM also contains firmware for certain embedded devices. These embedded device firmware images are supplied by the device manufacturers and are not specified in this document. The system BIOS includes the following components: IA-32 Core - The IA-32 core contains standard services and components such as the PCI Resource manager, ACPI support, POST, and runtime functionality. Manageability Extensions - Intel servers build server management into the BIOS through the Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) and baseboard management hardware. Extensible Firmware Interface - "EFI" provides an abstraction layer between the operating system and system hardware. Processor Microcode - BIOS includes microcode for the latest processors. Option ROMs - BIOS includes option ROMs to enable on-board devices during boot. 4.1 BIOS Identification String The BIOS Identification string is used to uniquely identify the revision of the BIOS being used on the system. The string is formatted as illustrated in the following figure. BoardId.OEMID.BuildType.Major.Minor.BuildID.BuildDateTime.Mod Dxx = Development Xxx = Power On Axx = Alpha BIOS two digits: Bxx = Beta BIOS RCxx= Release Candidate P = Production xx = 2 digit number N/A for Production two digits: Three characters: N character ID: AN430TX, etc. 86A = Intel DPG 86B = Intel EPG 10A = Some OEM, etc. Build Date and time in MMDDYYYYHHMM format One digit: non-zero if any Separately Updateable Module has been updated Four digits: Increment on each build Figure 12. BIOS Identification String Revision 2.1 66 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 System BIOS The BIOS ID for this server board has the form: SE7320VP20.86B.P01.01.00.0002.081320031156 4.2 BIOS Power-on Self Test (POST) 4.2.1 User Interface During the system boot POST process, there are two types of consoles used for displaying the user interface: graphical or text based. Graphics consoles are in 640x480 mode; text consoles use 80x25 mode. The console output is partitioned into three areas: the System Activity/State, Logo/Diagnostic, and Current Activity windows. The System Activity Window displays information about the current state of the system. The Logo/Diagnostic Window displays the OEM splash screen logo or a diagnostic boot screen. The Current Activity Window displays information about the currently executing portion of POST as well as user prompts and status messages. System State Window Logo/Diagnostic Window Current Activity Window 4.2.1.1 System Activity Window The top row of the screen is reserved for the system state window. On a graphics console, the window is 640x48. On a text console, the window is 80x2. The system state window may be in one of three forms, either an activity bar that scrolls while the system is busy, a progress bar that measures percent complete for the current task, or an attention required bar. The attention bar is useful for tasks that require user attention to continue. 4.2.1.2 Logo/Diagnostic Window The middle portion of the screen is reserved for the Logo/Diagnostic Window. On a graphics console, the window is 640x384. On a text console, the window is 80x20. The Logo/Diagnostic Window may be in one of two forms depending on whether Quiet Boot Mode is selected in the BIOS Setup. If selected, the BIOS displays a logo splash screen. If not, the BIOS display's a system summary and diagnostic screen in verbose mode. The default is to display the logo in Quiet Boot mode. If no logo is present in the flash ROM, or Quiet Boot mode is disabled in the system configuration, the summary and diagnostic screen is displayed. If the user presses <Esc>, the system transfers from the logo screen to the diagnostic screen. Revision 2.1 67 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.2.1.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Current Activity Window The bottom portion of the screen is reserved for the Current Activity Window. On a graphics console, the window is 640x48. On a text console, the window is 80x2. The Current Activity Window is used to display prompts for hot keys, as well as provide information on system status. 4.2.2 System Diagnostic Screen The diagnostic screen is the console where boot information, options and detected hardware information are displayed. 4.2.2.1 Static Information Display The Static Information Display area presents the following information: 4.2.3 Copyright message BIOS ID Current processor configuration Installed physical memory size Quiet Boot / OEM Splash Screen The BIOS implements Quiet Boot, providing minimal startup display during BIOS POST. System start-up must only draw the end user's attention in the event of errors or when there is a need for user action. By default, the system must be configured so that the local screen does not display memory counts, device status, etc. It must present a "clean" BIOS start-up. The only screen display allowed is the OEM splash screen and copyright notices. The Quiet Boot process is controlled by a Setup Quiet-Boot option. If this option is set, the BIOS display's an activity indicator at the top of the screen and a logo splash screen in the middle section of the screen on the local console. The activity indicator measures POST progress and continues until the operating system gains control of the system. The splash screen covers up any diagnostic messages in the middle section of the screen. While the logo is being displayed on the local console, diagnostic messages are being displayed on the remote text consoles. Quiet Boot may be disabled by clearing the Setup Quiet-Boot option or by the user pressing the <Esc> key while in Quiet Boot mode. If Quiet Boot is disabled, the BIOS displays diagnostic messages in place of the activity indicator and the splash screen. With the use of an Intel supplied utility, the BIOS allows OEMs to override the standard Intel logo with one of their own design. Revision 2.1 68 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.2.4 System BIOS BIOS Boot Popup Menu The BIOS Boot Specification (BBS) provides for a Boot Menu Popup invoked by pressing the <Esc> key during POST. The BBS Popup menu displays all available boot devices. The list order in the popup menu is not the same as the boot order in BIOS setup; it simply lists all the bootable devices from which the system can be booted. Table 20. Sample BIOS Popup Menu Please select boot device: st 1 Floppy Hard Drives ATAPI CDROM LAN PXE EFI Boot Manager and to move selection Enter to select boot device ESC to boot using defaults 4.3 BIOS Setup Utility The BIOS Setup utility is provided to perform system configuration changes and to display current settings and environment information. The BIOS Setup utility stores configuration settings in system non-volatile storage. Changes affected by BIOS Setup will not take effect until the system is rebooted. The BIOS Setup Utility can be accessed during POST by using the <F2> key. 4.3.1 Localization The BIOS Setup utility uses the Unicode standard and is capable of displaying setup forms in English, French, Italian, German, and Spanish. The BIOS supports these languages for console strings as well. 4.3.2 Console Redirection The BIOS Setup utility is functional via console redirection over various terminal standards emulation. This may limit some functionality for compatibility, e.g., usage of colors or some keys or key sequences or support of pointing devices. 4.3.3 Configuration Reset Setting the Clear CMOS jumper (board location J1H5) produces a "reset system configuration" request. When a request is detected, the BIOS loads the default system configuration values during the next POST. Revision 2.1 69 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.3.4 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Keyboard Commands While in the BIOS Setup utility, the Keyboard Command Bar supports the keys specified in the following table. Table 21. BIOS Setup Keyboard Command Bar Options Key Enter Option Execute Command Description The <Enter> key is used to activate sub-menus, pick lists, or to select a sub-field. If a pick list is displayed, the Enter key will select the pick list highlighted item, and pass that selection in the parent menu. ESC Exit The <Esc> key provides a mechanism for backing out of any field. This key will undo the pressing of the <Enter> key. When the <Esc> key is pressed while editing any field or selecting features of a menu, the parent menu is re-entered. When the <Esc> key is pressed in any sub-menu, the parent menu is re-entered. When the <Esc> key is pressed in any major menu, the exit confirmation window is displayed and the user is asked whether changes can be discarded. If "No" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, or if the <Esc> key is pressed, the user is returned to where they were before <Esc> was pressed without affecting any existing any settings. If "Yes" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, setup is exited and the BIOS continues with POST. Select Item The up arrow is used to select the previous value in a pick list, or the previous options in a menu item's option list. The selected item must then be activated by pressing the <Enter> key. Select Item The down arrow is used to select the next value in a menu item's option list, or a value field's pick list. The selected item must then be activated by pressing the <Enter> key. Select Menu The left and right arrow keys are used to move between the major menu pages. The keys have no affect if a sub-menu or pick list is displayed. Tab Select Field The <Tab> key is used to move between fields. For example, <Tab> can be used to move from hours to minutes in the time item in the main menu. - Change Value The minus key on the keypad is used to change the value of the current item to the previous value. This key scrolls through the values in the associated pick list without displaying the full list. + Change Value The plus key on the keypad is used to change the value of the current menu item to the next value. This key scrolls through the values in the associated pick list without displaying the full list. On 106-key Japanese keyboards, the plus key has a different scan code than the plus key on the other keyboard, but will have the same effect. F9 Setup Defaults Pressing <F9> causes the following to appear: Load Setup Defaults? [OK] [Cancel] F7 Discard Changes If "OK" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, all setup fields are set to their default values. If "Cancel" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, or if the <Esc> key is pressed, the user is returned to where they were before <F9> was pressed, without affecting any existing field values. Pressing <F7> causes the following message to appear: Discard Changes? [OK] [Cancel] If "OK" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, all changes are not saved and setup is exited. If "Cancel" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, or the <Esc> key is pressed, the user is returned to where they were before <F7> was pressed, without affecting any existing values. Revision 2.1 70 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Key F10 Option Save Changes and Exit System BIOS Description Pressing <F10> causes the following message to appear: Save configuration changes and exit setup? [Cancel] [OK] If "OK" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, all changes are saved and setup is exited. If "Cancel" is selected and the <Enter> key is pressed, or the <Esc> key is pressed, the user is returned to where they were before <F10> was pressed, without affecting any existing values. 4.3.5 Entering BIOS Setup The BIOS Setup utility is accessed by pressing the <F2> key during POST 4.3.5.1 Main Menu The first screen displayed when entering the BIOS Setup Utility is the Main Menu selection screen. This screen displays the major menu selections available. The following tables describe the available options on the top level and lower level menus. Default values are shown in bold text. Table 22. BIOS Setup, Main Menu Options Feature System Overview Options Help Text Description AMI BIOS Version N/A N/A BIOS ID string (excluding the build time and date) Build Date N/A N/A BIOS build date Type N/A N/A Processor brand ID string Speed N/A N/A Calculated processor speed Count N/A N/A Detected number of physical processors Size N/A N/A Amount of physical memory detected System Time HH:MM:SS Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFTTAB] to select a field. Use [+] or [-] to configure system time. Configures the system time on a 24 hour clock. Default is 00:00:00 System Date DAY MM/DD/YYYY Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFTTAB] to select a field. Use [+] or [-] to configure system date. Configures the system date. Default is [Build Date]. Day of the week is automatically calculated. Processor System Memory Revision 2.1 71 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature Language 4.3.5.2 Options English French German Italian Spanish Help Text Select the current default language used by the BIOS. Description Select the current default language used by BIOS. Advanced Menu Table 23. BIOS Setup, Advanced Menu Options Feature Advanced Settings Options Help Text Description WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Processor Configuration N/A Configure processors. Selects submenu. IDE Configuration N/A Configure the IDE device(s). Selects submenu. Floppy Configuration N/A Configure the Floppy drive(s). Selects submenu. Super I/O Configuration N/A Configure the Super I/O Chipset. Selects submenu. USB Configuration N/A Configure the USB support. Selects submenu. PCI Configuration N/A Configure PCI devices. Selects submenu. Memory Configuration N/A Configure memory devices. Selects submenu. 4.3.5.2.1 Processor Configuration Sub-menu Table 24. BIOS Setup, Processor Configuration Sub-menu Options Feature Options Configure Advanced Processor Settings Help Text Description Manufacturer Intel N/A Displays processor manufacturer string Brand String N/A N/A Displays processor brand ID string Frequency N/A N/A Displays the calculated processor speed FSB Speed N/A N/A Displays the processor frontside bus speed. CPUID N/A N/A Displays the CPUID of the processor. Cache L1 N/A N/A Displays cache L1 size. Cache L2 N/A N/A Displays cache L2 size. Cache L3 N/A N/A Displays cache L3 size. Visible only if the processor contains an L3 cache. CPU 1 Revision 2.1 72 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature System BIOS Options Help Text Description CPU 2 CPUID N/A N/A Displays the CPUID of the processor. Cache L1 N/A N/A Displays cache L1 size. Cache L2 N/A N/A Displays cache L2 size. Cache L3 N/A N/A Displays cache L3 size. Visible only if the processor contains an L3 cache. Max CPUID Value Limit Disabled Enabled This should be enabled in order to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support processors with extended CPUID functions. Hyper-Threading Technology Disabled Enable Hyper-Threading Technology only if the operating system supports it. Enabled (R) Intel SpeedStep Technology Auto Disabled 4.3.5.2.2 Controls the Hyper-Threading Technology state. Primarily used to support older operating systems that do not support Hyper-Threading Technology. Select disabled for maximum CPU speed. Select enabled to allow the operating system to reduce power consumption. IDE Configuration Sub-menu Table 25. BIOS Setup IDE Configuration Menu Options Feature IDE Configuration Onboard P-ATA Channels Options Help Text Disabled Primary Secondary Both Disabled: disables the integrated P-ATA Controller. Primary: enables only the Primary P-ATA Controller. Secondary: enables only the Secondary P-ATA Controller. Both: enables both P-ATA Controllers. Controls state of integrated PATA controller. Controls state of integrated S-ATA controller. Onboard S-ATA Channels Disabled Enabled Disabled: disables the integrated S-ATA Controller. Enabled: enables the integrated S-ATA Controller. Configure S-ATA as RAID Disabled Enabled When enabled the S-ATA channels are reserved to be used as RAID. S-ATA Ports Definition A1-3 M/A2-4 M th rd A1-4 M/A2-3 M rd th Description Defines priority between S-ATA channels. Revision 2.1 rd Default set the S-ATA Port0 to 3 IDE Master channel and Port1 to th 4 IDE Master channel. th Otherwise set S-ATA Port0 to 4 IDE Master channel and Port1 to rd 3 IDE Master channel. 73 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature Mixed P-ATA / S-ATA N/A Options Help Text Lets you remove a P-ATA and replace it by S-ATA in a given channel. Only one channel can be S-ATA. Description Selects submenu for configuring mixed P-ATA and S-ATA. Primary IDE Master N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Primary IDE Slave N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Secondary IDE Master N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Secondary IDE Slave N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Third IDE Master N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Fourth IDE Master N/A While entering setup, BIOS auto Selects submenu with additional detects the presence of IDE device details. devices. This displays the status of auto detection of IDE devices. Hard Disk Write Protect Disabled Enabled Disable/Enable device write protection. This will be effective only if device is accessed through BIOS. Primarily used to prevent unauthorized writes to hard drives. IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Select the time out value for detecting ATA/ATAPI device(s). Primarily used with older IDE devices with longer spin up times. Select the mechanism for detecting 80Pin ATA(PI) Cable. The 80-pin cable is required for UDMA-66 and above. BIOS detects the cable by querying the host and/or device. 35 ATA(PI) 80Pin Cable Detection Host & Device Host Device Revision 2.1 74 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 System BIOS Table 26. Mixed P-ATA-S-ATA Configuration with only Primary P-ATA Feature Mixed P-ATA / S-ATA Options Help Text Description First ATA Channel P-ATA M-S S-ATA M-S Configure this channel to P-ATA or SATA. P-ATA: Parallel ATA Primary channel. S-ATA: Serial ATA. Defines the S-ATA device for this channel. If the Second ATA is assigned S-ATA, this option reverts to P-ATA. Second ATA Channel P-ATA M-S S-ATA M-S Configure this channel to P-ATA or SATA. P-ATA: Parallel ATA Primary channel. S-ATA: Serial ATA. Defines the S-ATA device for this channel. If the First ATA is assigned S-ATA, this option reverts to P-ATA. 3rd & 4th ATA Channels A1-3 M/A2-4 M A1-4th M/A2-3rd M None Configure this channel to P-ATA or SATA. P-ATA: Parallel ATA Primary channel. S-ATA: Serial ATA. Display only. If the First ATA or Second ATA is assigned SATA, this option reverts to None. rd th Table 27. BIOS Setup, IDE Device Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Help Text Primary/Secondary/Third/Fourth IDE Master/Slave Description Device N/A N/A Display detected device information Vendor N/A N/A. Display IDE device vendor Size N/A N/A Display IDE disk size LBA Mode N/A N/A Display LBA mode Block Mode N/A N/A Display block mode PIO Mode N/A N/A Display PIO mode Async DMA N/A N/A Display Async DMA mode Ultra DMA N/A N/A Display Ultra DMA mode S.M.A.R.T. N/A N/A Display S.M.A.R.T. support Type Not Installed Select the type of device connected to the system. The Auto setting is correct in most cases. Disabled: Disables LBA Mode. Auto: Enabled LBA Mode if the device supports it and the device is not already formatted with LBA Mode disabled. The Auto setting is correct in most cases. Disabled: The Data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Auto: The data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports it. The Auto setting is correct in most cases. Auto CDROM ARMD LBA/Large Mode Disabled Auto Block (Multi-Sector Transfer) Mode Disabled Auto Revision 2.1 75 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature PIO Mode Options Auto 0 1 2 3 4 Help Text Select PIO Mode. Description The Auto setting is correct in most cases. DMA Mode Auto SWDMA0-0 SWDMA0-1 SWDMA0-2 MWDMA0-0 MWDMA0-1 MWDMA0-2 UWDMA0-0 UWDMA0-1 UWDMA0-2 UWDMA0-3 UWDMA0-4 UWDMA0-5 Select DMA mode Auto :Auto detected SWDMA :SinglewordDMAn MWDMA :MultiwordDMAn UWDMA :UltraDMAn The Auto setting is correct in most cases. S.M.A.R.T. Auto Disabled Enabled Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology. The Auto setting is correct in most cases. 32Bit Data Transfer Disabled Enabled Enable/Disable 32-bit Data Transfer 4.3.5.2.3 Floppy Configuration Sub-menu Table 28. BIOS Setup, Floppy Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Help Text Description Floppy Configuration Floppy A Disabled 720 KB 3 1/2" Select the type of floppy drive connected to the system. 1.44 MB 3 1/2" 2.88 MB 3 1/2" Onboard Floppy Controller Disabled Enabled Note: Intel no longer validates 720Kb and 2.88Mb drives. Allows BIOS to enable or disable the floppy controller. Revision 2.1 76 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.3.5.2.4 System BIOS Super I/O Configuration Sub-menu Table 29. BIOS Setup, Super I/O Configuration Sub-menu Feature Options Configure Nat42x Super I/O Chipset Serial Port A Address Disabled 3F8/IRQ4 2F8/IRQ3 3E8/IRQ4 2E8/IRQ3 Serial Port B Address Disabled 3F8/IRQ4 Help Text Description Allows BIOS to Select Serial Port A Base Addresses. Option that is used by other serial port is hidden to prevent conflicting settings. Allows BIOS to Select Serial Port B Base Addresses. Option that is used by other serial port is hidden to prevent conflicting settings. 2F8/IRQ3 3E8/IRQ4 2E8/IRQ3 4.3.5.2.5 USB Configuration Sub-menu Table 30. BIOS Setup, USB Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature USB Configuration Options Help Text Description USB Devices Enabled N/A N/A List of USB devices detected by BIOS. USB Function Disabled Enables USB HOST controllers. When set to disabled, other USB options are grayed out. Enabled Legacy USB Support Disabled Keyboard only Auto Keyboard and Mouse Enables support for legacy USB. AUTO option disables legacy support if no USB devices are connected. If disabled, USB Legacy Support will not be disabled until booting an operating system. Port 60/64 Emulation Disabled Enabled Enables I/O port 60/64h emulation support. This should be enabled for the complete USB keyboard legacy support for non-USB aware operating systems. USB 2.0 Controller Disabled N/A Enabled USB 2.0 Controller mode FullSpeed USB Mass Storage Device Configuration N/A HiSpeed Configures the USB 2.0 controller in HiSpeed (480Mbps) or FullSpeed (12Mbps). Configure the USB Mass Storage Class Devices. Revision 2.1 Selects submenu with USB Device enable. 77 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.3.5.2.6 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 USB Mass Storage Device Configuration Sub-menu Table 31. BIOS Setup, USB Mass Storage Device Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Help Text Description USB Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay 10 Sec Device #1 N/A N/A Emulation Type Auto Floppy Forced FDD Hard Disk CDROM If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive). Device #n N/A N/A Emulation Type Auto Floppy Forced FDD Hard Disk CDROM If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive). 4.3.5.2.7 Number of seconds POST waits for the USB mass storage device after start unit command. 20 Sec 30 Sec 40 Sec Only displayed if a device is detected, includes a DeviceID string returned by the USB device. Only displayed if a device is detected, includes a DeviceID string returned by the USB device. PCI Configuration Sub-menu This sub-menu provides control over PCI devices and their option ROMs. If the BIOS is reporting POST error 146, use this menu to disable option ROMs that are not required to boot the system. Table 32. BIOS Setup, PCI Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Help Text Description PCI Configuration Onboard Video Disabled Enabled Dual Monitor Video Disabled Enabled Onboard NIC 1 (Left) Disabled Enable/Disable on board VGA Controller Select which graphics controller to use Grayed out if Onboard as the primary boot device. Enabled Video is set to "Disabled." selects the on board device. Enabled Revision 2.1 78 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature System BIOS Options Onboard NIC 1 ROM Disabled Onboard NIC 2 (Right) Disabled Help Text Description Grayed out if device is disabled. Enabled Enabled Onboard NIC 2 ROM Disabled Grayed out if device is disabled. Enabled Slot 1 Option ROM Disabled PCI-X 64/66 Visible only when installed riser supports this slot. PCI-X 64/66 Visible only when installed riser supports this slot. PCI-X 64/66 Visible only when installed riser supports this slot. PCI-X 64/66 Visible only when installed riser supports this slot. Enabled Slot 2 Option ROM Disabled Enabled Slot 3 Option ROM Disabled Enabled Slot 4 Option ROM Disabled Enabled 4.3.5.2.8 Memory Configuration Sub-menu This sub-menu provides information about the DIMMs detected by the BIOS. The DIMM number is printed on the baseboard next to each device. Table 33. BIOS Setup, Memory Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature System Memory Settings DIMM 1A DIMM 1B DIMM 2A DIMM 2B Options Help Text Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Description Informational display. Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Revision 2.1 Informational display. Informational display. Informational display. Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 79 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Feature DIMM 3A DIMM 3B Options Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Help Text Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 Installed Not Installed Disabled Mirror Spare Extended Memory Test Description Informational display. Informational display. Note: Mirror is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2 1 MB 1 KB Every Location Settings for extended memory test Disabled Memory Retest Memory Remap Feature Disabled Enabled If "Enabled", BIOS will activate and retest all DIMMs on the next system boot. This option will automactically reset to "Disabled" on the next system boot. Disabled Enable: Allow remapping of overlapped PCI memory above the total physical memory. Enabled Disable: Do not allow remapping of memory. Memory Sparing 4.3.5.3 Disabled provides the most memory space. Sparing reserves memory to replace failures. Disabled Spare Sparing is grayed out if the installed DIMM configuration does not support it. Boot Menu Table 34. BIOS Setup, Boot Menu Selections Feature Boot Settings Options Help Text Description Boot Settings Configuration N/A Configure settings during system boot. Selects submenu. Boot Device Priority N/A Specifies the boot device priority sequence. Selects submenu. Hard Disk Drives N/A Specifies the boot device priority sequence from available hard drives. Selects submenu. Removable Drives N/A Specifies the boot device priority sequence from available removable drives. Selects submenu. ATAPI CDROM Drives N/A Specifies the boot device priority sequence from available ATAPI CDROM drives. Selects submenu. Revision 2.1 80 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.3.5.3.1 System BIOS Boot Settings Configuration Sub-menu Selections Table 35. BIOS Setup, Boot Settings Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot Options Disabled Help Text Description Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Enabled Quiet Boot Disabled Enabled Disabled: Displays normal POST messages. Enabled: Displays OEM Logo instead of POST messages. Bootup Num-Lock Off On Select power-on state for Numlock. PS/2 Mouse Support Disabled Enabled Select support for PS/2 mouse. POST Error Pause Disabled Auto Hit `F2' Message Display Enabled If enabled, the system will wait for user intervention on critical POST errors. If disabled, the system will boot with no intervention, if possible. Disabled Displays "Press `F2' to run Setup" in POST. Enabled Scan User Flash Area 4.3.5.3.2 Disabled Enabled Allows BIOS to scan the Flash ROM for user binaries. Boot Device Priority Sub-menu Selections Table 36. BIOS Setup, Boot Device Priority Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Boot Device Priority Help Text 1st Boot Device Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding type menu. nth Boot Device Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding type menu. Description Number of entries will vary based on system configuration. Revision 2.1 81 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.3.5.3.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Hard Disk Drive Sub-menu Selections Table 37. BIOS Setup, Hard Disk Drive Sub-Menu Selections Feature Options Hard Disk Drives Help Text Description 1st Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. nth Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. 4.3.5.3.4 Removable Drive Sub-menu Selections Table 38. BIOS Setup, Removable Drives Sub-menu Selections Feature Options Removable Drives Help Text Description 1st Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. nth Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. 4.3.5.3.5 ATAPI CDROM drives sub-menu selections Table 39. BIOS Setup, CD/DVD Drives Sub-menu Selections Feature Options CD/DVD Drives Help Text Description 1st Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. nth Drive Varies Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. Varies by system configuration. 4.3.5.4 Security Menu Table 40. BIOS Setup, Security Menu Options Feature Security Settings Options Help Text Description Administrator Password is N/A Install / Not installed Informational display. User Password is N/A Install / Not installed Informational display. Revision 2.1 82 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Options System BIOS Feature Set Admin Password N/A Help Text Set or clear Admin password Description Pressing enter twice will clear the password. This option is grayed our when entering setup with a user password. Set User Password N/A Set or clear User password Pressing enter twice will clear the password. User Access Level No Access View Only LIMITED: allows only limited fields to be changed such as Date and Time. NO ACCESS: prevents User access to the Setup Utility. VIEW ONLY: allows access to the Setup Utility but the fields can not be changed. FULL: allows any field to be changed. This node is grayed out and becomes active only when Admin password is set. Admin uses this option to clear User password (Admin password is used to enter setup is required). This node is gray if Administrator password is not installed. Limited Full Access Clear User Password N/A Immediately clears the user password. Fixed disk boot sector protect Disabled Enabled Enable/Disable Boot Sector Virus Protection. Password On Boot Disabled Enabled If enabled, requires password entry before boot. This node is grayed out if a user password is not installed. Secure Mode Timer 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 20 minutes 60 minutes 120 minutes Period of key/PS/2 mouse inactivity specified for Secure Mode to activate. A password is required for Secure Mode to function. Has no effect unless at least one password is enabled. This node is grayed out if a user password is not installed. Secure Mode Hot Key (Ctrl-Alt- ) [L] [Z] Key assigned to invoke the secure mode feature. Cannot be enabled unless at least one password is enabled. Can be disabled by entering a new key followed by a backspace or by entering delete. This node is grayed out if a user password is not installed. Secure Mode Boot Disabled Enabled When enabled, allows the host system to complete the boot process without a password. The keyboard will remain locked until a password is entered. A password is required to boot from diskette. This node is grayed out if a user password is not installed. Front Panel Switch Inhibit Disabled Enabled Disable the Front Panel Power Switch when Secure mode is activated. A password is required to unlock the system. This node is grayed out if a user password is not installed. This (R) node is hidden if the Intel Management Module is not present. The Intel Management Module is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. NMI Control Disabled Enabled Enable / disable NMI control for the front panel NMI button. Revision 2.1 83 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.3.5.5 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Server Menu Table 41. BIOS Setup, Server Menu Selections Feature System Management N/A Options N/A Description Selects submenu. Serial Console Features N/A N/A Selects submenu. Event Log configuration N/A Configures event logging. Selects submenu. Assert NMI on SERR Disabled If enabled, NMI is generated on SERR and logged. Enabled Assert NMI on PERR Disabled Enabled Help Text If enabled, NMI is generated. SERR option needs to be enabled to activate this option. Grayed out if "NMI on SERR" is disabled. Resume on AC Power Loss Stays Off Power On Last State Determines the mode of operation if a power loss occurs. Stays off, the system will remain off once power is restored. Power On, boots the system after power is restored. "Last State" is only displayed if the Intel Management Module is present. When displayed, "Last State" is the default. When set to "Stays Off," "Power Switch Inhibit" is disabled. The Intel Management Module is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. FRB-2 Policy Disable BSP Do not disable BSP This controls action if the boot processor will be disabled or not. "Disable BSP" and "Do not disable BSP" are only displayed if the Intel Management Module is present. The Intel Management Module is not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2. Retry on Next Boot Disable FRB2 Timer Late POST Timeout Disabled 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes This controls the time limit for add-in card detection. The system is reset on timeout. Hard Disk OS Boot Timeout Disabled 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes This controls the time limit allowed for booting an operating system from a Hard disk drive. The action taken on timeout is determined by the OS Watchdog Timer policy setting. PXE OS Boot Timeout Disabled 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 20 minutes This controls the time limit allowed for booting an operating system using PXE boot. The action taken on timeout is determined by OS Watchdog Timer policy setting. Revision 2.1 84 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 System BIOS Feature OS Watchdog Timer Policy Options Stay On Reset Power Off Help Text Controls the policy upon timeout. Stay on action will take no overt action. Reset will force the system to reset. Power off will force the system to power off. Platform Event Filtering Disabled Disable trigger for system sensor events. Enabled 4.3.5.5.1 Description System Management Sub-menu Selections Table 42. BIOS Setup, System Management Sub-menu Selections Feature Server Board Part Number N/A Options N/A Help Text Description Field contents varies Server Board Serial Number N/A N/A Field contents varies NIC 1 MAC Address N/A N/A Field contents varies NIC 2 MAC Address N/A N/A Field contents varies System Part Number N/A N/A Field contents varies System Serial Number N/A N/A Field contents varies Chassis Part Number N/A N/A Field contents varies Chassis Serial Number N/A N/A Field contents varies BIOS Version N/A N/A BIOS ID string (excluding the build time and date) BMC Device ID N/A N/A Field contents varies BMC Firmware Revision N/A N/A Field contents varies BMC Device Revision N/A N/A Field contents varies PIA Revision N/A N/A Field contents varies SDR Revision N/A N/A Field contents varies Revision 2.1 85 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.3.5.5.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Serial Console Features Sub-menu Selections Table 43. BIOS Setup, Serial Console Features Sub-menu Selections Feature Serial Console Features BIOS Redirection Port Options Help Text Description If enabled, the BIOS uses the specified serial port to redirect the console to a remote ANSI terminal. Enabling this option disables Quiet Boot. Disabled Serial A Serial B If enabled, the BIOS uses the specified serial port to redirect the console to a remote ANSI terminal. Enabling this option disables Quiet Boot. For Serial Over LAN, select Serial B. Baud Rate 9600 N/A 19.2K 38.4K 57.6K 115.2K Flow Control No Flow Control CTS/RTS XON/XOFF CTS/RTS + CD Terminal Type PC-ANSI VT100+ VT-UTF8 ACPI Redirection port Disabled Serial A Serial B If enabled, it will use the Flow control selected. CTS/RTS = Hardware XON/XOFF = Software CTS/RTS + CD = Hardware + Carrier Detect for modem use. VT100+ selection only works for English as the selected language. VT-UTF8 uses Unicode. PC-ANSI is the standard PC-type terminal. Enable / Disable the ACPI OS Headless Console Redirection. Revision 2.1 86 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.3.5.5.3 System BIOS Event Log Configuration Sub-menu Selections Table 44. BIOS Setup, Event Log Configuration Sub-menu Selections Feature Event Log Configuration Clear All Event Logs BIOS Event Logging Options ECC Event Logging Description Disabled Enabled Setting this to Enabled will clear the System Event Log during the next boot. Disabled Select enabled to allow logging of BIOS events. Enables BIOS to log events to the SEL. This option controls BIOS events only. Enabled If enabled, BIOS will detect and log events for system critical errors. Critical errors are fatal to system operation. These errors include PERR, SERR, ECC. Enable SMM handlers to detect and log events to SEL. Disabled Enables or Disables ECC Event Logging. Grayed out if "Critical Event Logging" option is disabled. Enables or Disables PCI Error Logging. Grayed out if "Critical Event Logging" option is disabled. Enabled Enables or Disables Front-Side Bus Error Logging. Grayed out if "Critical Event Logging" option is disabled. Disabled Enables or Disables Hublink Error Logging. Grayed out if "Critical Event Logging" option is disabled. Enabled Critical Event Logging Help Text Disabled Enabled PCI Error Logging Disabled Enabled FSB Error Logging Disabled Hublink Error Logging Enabled 4.3.5.6 Exit Menu Table 45. BIOS Setup, Exit Menu Selections Feature Exit Options Options Help Text Save Changes and Exit N/A Exit system setup after saving the changes. F10 key can be used for this operation. Discard Changes and Exit N/A Exit system setup without saving any changes. ESC key can be used for this operation. Discard Changes N/A Discards any changes made. F7 key can be used for this operation. Load Setup Defaults N/A Load Setup Default values for all the setup questions. F9 key can be used for this operation. Load Custom Defaults N/A Load custom defaults. Save Custom Defaults N/A Save custom defaults Revision 2.1 87 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.4 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Flash Architecture and Flash Update Utility The flash ROM contains system initialization routines, the BIOS Setup Utility, and runtime support routines. The exact layout is subject to change, as determined by Intel. A 64-KB user block is available for user ROM code or custom logos. The flash ROM also contains initialization code in compressed form for onboard peripherals, like SCSI, NIC and video controllers. It also contains support for the rolling single-boot BIOS update feature. 4.4.1 Rolling BIOS and On-line Updates The online update nomenclature refers to the ability to update the BIOS while the server is online and in operation, as opposed to taking the server out of operation while performing a BIOS update. The rolling BIOS nomenclature refers to the capability of having two copies of BIOS: the current BIOS in use, and a second BIOS to which an updated BIOS version can be written. When ready, the system can roll forward to the new BIOS. In case of a failure with the new BIOS version, the system can roll back to the previous version. The BIOS relies on specialized hardware and additional flash space to accomplish online update/rolling of the BIOS. The flash is divided into two partitions, primary and secondary. The active partition from which the system boots is the primary partition. The AMI FLASH update suite and Intel online updates preserve the existing BIOS image on the primary partition. BIOS updates are diverted to the secondary partition. After the update is complete, a notification flag is set. During the next boot, the system first attempts to boot from the primary BIOS partition. On determining that a BIOS update occurred, the system then attempts to boot from the new BIOS. If a failure happens while booting to the new BIOS, the specialized hardware on the system switches to the primary BIOS partition, thus affecting a "roll back". 4.4.2 Flash Update Utility Server platforms support a DOS-based firmware update utility. This utility loads a fresh copy of the BIOS into the flash ROM. The BIOS update may affect the following items: 4.4.3 The system BIOS, including the recovery code, setup utility and strings. Onboard video BIOS, and other option ROMS for the devices embedded on the server board. OEM binary area. Microcode updates. Flash BIOS An afuXXX AMI Firmware Update utility (such as afudos, AFUWIN, afulnx, or AFUEFI) is required for a BIOS update. 4.4.4 User Binary Area The baseboard includes an area in flash for implementation-specific OEM add-ons. This OEM binary area can be updated as part of the system BIOS update or it can be updated independent of the system BIOS. Revision 2.1 88 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.4.5 System BIOS Recovery Mode Three conditions can cause the system to enter recovery mode: Pressing a hot key Setting the recovery jumper (J1H3, labeled RCVR BOOT) to pins 1-2 Damaging the ROM image, which will cause the system to enter recovery and update the system ROM without the boot block. 4.4.5.1 BIOS Recovery The BIOS has a ROM image size of 2MB. A standard 1.44MB floppy diskette cannot hold the entire ROM file due to the large file size. To compensate for this, a multi-disk recovery method is available for BIOS recovery. The BIOS contains a primary and secondary partition, and can support rolling BIOS updates. The recovery process performs an update on the secondary partition in the same fashion that the normal flash update process updates the secondary partition. After recovery is complete and the power is cycled to the system, the BIOS partitions switch and the code executing POST will be the code that was just flashed from the recovery media. The BIOS is made up of a boot block recovery section, a main BIOS section, an OEM logo/user binary section, and an NVRAM section. The NVRAM section will either be preserved or destroyed based on a hot-key press during invocation of the recovery. All the other sections of the secondary BIOS will be updated during the recovery process. If an OEM wishes to preserve the OEM section across an update, it is recommended that the OEM modify the provided AMIBOOT.ROM file with the user binary or OEM logo tools before performing the recovery. A BIOS recovery can be accomplished from one of the following devices: a standard 1.44 or 2.88 MB floppy drive, an USB Disk-On-Key, an ATAPI CD-ROM/DVD, an ATAPI ZIP drive, or a LS-120/LS-240 removable drive. The recovery media must include the BIOS image file, AMIBOOT.ROM. The recovery mode procedure is as follows: 1. Insert or plug-in the recovery media with the AMIBOOT.ROM file. 2. Power on the system. When progress code E9 is displayed on port 80h, the system will detect the recovery media (if there is no image file present, the system will cycle through progress code F1 to EF). 3. When F3 is displayed on port 80h, the system will read the BIOS image file. 4. The screen will display flash progress and indicate whether the NVRAM and CMOS have been destroyed. 5. When recovery mode is complete, the system will halt and the system can be powered off. Revision 2.1 89 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Note: Three different hot-keys can be invoked: <Ctrl+Home>: Recovery with CMOS destroyed and NVRAM preserved <Ctrl+PageDown>: Recovery with both CMOS and NVRAM preserved <Ctrl+PageUp>: Recovery with both CMOS and NVRAM destroyed 4.4.5.2 Multi-disk Recovery The multi-disk recovery method is available to support ROM images greater than 1MB when performing a BIOS recovery from multiple floppy disks. Do the following to perform a multi-disk BIOS recovery: 1. Use the SPLIT.EXE utility to split the ROM image. 2. Execute the following command at the command prompt: split <File Name To Be Split> <New File Name> <File Size in KB> Example: C:\split AMIBOOT.ROM AMIBOOT 1024 This command will create files of size 1 MB each (1024 KB) with the names AMIBOOT.000, AMIBOOT.001... and so on. The number of files (or floppy disks) will depend upon the size of the AMIBOOT.ROM file. 3. Load the first disk with the AMIBOOT.000 file into the system. 4. After reading the file, the system will increment the file extension and begin searching for the second file, AMIBOOT.001, on the same floppy disk. If the system cannot find the file on the floppy disk, it will beep once for one second and then search again. At this point, load the second floppy disk. 5. The system will continue reading and searching for files in this fashion. Once a file has been read, the system will increment the file extension and then begin searching for the next file. If searching for the AMIBOOT.002 file, the system will beep twice (each beep 1 second long with a 0.5 sec gap between beeps). If searching for the AMIBOOT.003 file, the system will beep three times with a 0.5 sec gap between beeps. 6. This process continues until the total file size read in is equal to the size of the ROM image. Limitation: The maximum number of files supported by the Multi-disk Recovery method is 1,000 files (AMIBOOT.000 through AMIBOOT.999). 4.4.6 Update OEM Logo An Intel-supplied utility package is used to change the OEM logo in ROM. The OEM logo can then be updated by flashing the ROM. Revision 2.1 90 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.5 System BIOS OEM Binary System customers can supply 16 KB of code and data for use during POST and at run-time. Individual platforms may support a larger user binary. User binary code is executed at several defined hook points during POST. The user binary code is stored in the system flash. If no run-time code is added, the BIOS temporarily allocates a code. If run-time code is present, the BIOS shadows the entire block as though it were an option ROM. The BIOS leaves this region writeable to allow the user binary to update any data structures it defines. System software can locate a run-time user binary by searching for it like an option ROM. The system vendor can place a signature within the user binary to distinguish it from other option ROMs. 4.6 Security The BIOS provides a number of security features. This section describes the security features and operating model. The BIOS uses passwords to prevent unauthorized tampering with the system. Once secure mode is entered, access to the system is allowed only after the correct password(s) has been entered. Both user and administrator passwords are supported by the BIOS. To set a user password, an administrator password must be entered during system configuration using the BIOS setup menu. The maximum length of the password is seven characters. The password cannot have characters other than alphanumeric (a-z, A-Z, 0-9). Once set, a password can be cleared by entering the password change mode and pressing enter twice without inputting a string. All setup fields can be modified when entering the administrator password. The "user access level" setting in the BIOS setup Security menu controls the user access level. The administrator can choose "No Access" to block the user from accessing any setup features. "Limited Access" will allow only the date/time fields and the user password to be changed. "View Only" allows the user to enter BIOS setup, but not change any settings. The Administrator has control over all fields in the setup, including the ability to clear the user password. If the user enters three wrong passwords in a row during the boot sequence, the system will be placed into a halt state. This feature makes it difficult to break the password by "trial and error." The BIOS Setup may provide an option for setting the Emergency Management Port (EMP) password. However, the EMP password is only utilized by the mBMC; this password does not affect the BIOS security in any way, nor does the BIOS security engine provide any validation services for this password. EMP security is handled primarily through the mBMC and EMP utilities. Revision 2.1 91 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS 4.6.1 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Operating Model The following table summarizes the operation of security features supported by the BIOS. Some security features require the Intel(R) Management Module (IMM) to be installed (which is not supported on the Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2). These include "Diskette Write Protect", "Video Blanking", and "Power Switch inhibit." Table 46. Security Features Operating Model Mode Entry Method/ Event Secure boot Power On/Reset Password on boot Power On/Reset Fixed disk boot sector Power On/Reset 4.6.2 Entry Criteria Behavior User Password Prompts for password if and Secure Boot booting from drive A. Enabled Enters secure mode just before scanning option ROMs as indicated by flashing LEDs on the keyboard. Disables the NMI switch on the front panel if enabled in Setup. Accepts no input from PS/2* mouse or PS/2 keyboard; however, the mouse driver is allowed to load before a password is required. If booting from drive A and the user enters correct password, the system boots normally. User Password System halts for user set and Password before password on scanning option ROMs. boot enabled The system is not in and Secure Boot secure mode. No mouse Disabled in or keyboard input is setup accepted except the password. Set feature to Will write protect the Write Protect in master boot record of the Setup IDE hard drives only if the system boots from a floppy. The BIOS will also write protect the boot sector of the drive C: if it is an IDE drive. Exit Criteria After Exit User Password Admin Password Floppy writes are reenabled. Front panel switches are re-enabled. PS/2 keyboard and PS/2 mouse inputs are accepted. System attempts to boot from drive A. If the user enters correct password, and drive A is bootable, the system boots normally User Password Admin Password Front panel switches are re-enabled. PS/2 keyboard and PS/2 mouse inputs are accepted. The system boots normally. Boot sequence is determined by setup options. Set feature to Normal in Setup Hard drive will behave normally. Administrator/User Passwords and F2 Setup Usage Model Notes: Visible=option string is active and changeable Hidden=option string is inactive and not visible Shaded=option string is gray-out and view-only Revision 2.1 92 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 System BIOS There are three possible password scenarios: Scenario #1 Administrator Password Is User Password Is Login Type: N/A Not Installed Not Installed Set Admin Password (visible) Set User Password (visible) User Access Level [Full]** (shaded) Clear User Password (hidden) ** User Access Level option will be Full and Shaded as long as the administrator/supervisor password is not installed. Scenario #2 Administrator Password Is Installed User Password Is Installed Login Type: Admin/Supervisor Set Admin Password (visible) Set User Password (visible) User Access Level [Full] (visible) Clear User Password (visible) Login Type: User Set Admin Password (hidden) Set User Password (visible) User Access Level [Full] (Shaded) Clear User Password (hidden) Revision 2.1 93 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Scenario #3 Administrator Password Is User Password Is Login Type: Supervisor Installed Not Installed Set Admin Password (visible) Set User Password (visible) User Access Level [Full] (visible) Clear User Password (hidden) Login Type: <Enter> Set Admin Password (hidden) Set User Password (visible) User Access Level [Full] (Shaded) Clear User Password (hidden) 4.6.3 Password Clear Jumper If the user or administrator password(s) is lost or forgotten, moving the password clear jumper (board location J1H2) to the clear position will clear both passwords. The BIOS determines if the password clear jumper is in the clear position during BIOS POST and clears any passwords if present. The password clear jumper must be restored to its original position before a new password(s) can be set. 4.7 Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) When EFI is selected as a boot option, the BIOS will support an EFI Specification 1.10compliant environment. More details on EFI are available at http://developer.intel.com/technology/efi/index.htm 4.7.1 EFI Shell The EFI Shell is a special type of EFI application that allows EFI commands and other EFI applications to be launched. The BIOS implements an EFI shell in flash and the shell can be invoked from the BIOS provided EFI environment. The EFI shell provided in flash implements all the commands specified in the EFI1.1ShellCommands.pdf document that comes with the EFI sample implementation, revision 1.10.14.62 (available from http://developer.intel.com/technology/efi/main_sample.htm ). Revision 2.1 94 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.8 System BIOS Operating System Boot, Sleep, and Wake The IPMI 1.5 specification, section 22.10 and 22.11, has provisions for server management devices to set certain boot parameters by setting boot flags. Among the boot flags, parameter #5 in the IPMI specification, the BIOS checks data 1-3 for forced boot options. The BIOS supports force boots from: PXE, HDD, FDD, and CD. On each boot, the BIOS determines what changes to boot options have been set by invoking the Get System Boot Options command, takes appropriate action, and clears these settings. 4.8.1 Microsoft* Windows* Compatibility Intel Corporation and Microsoft Corporation co-author design guides for system designers using Intel(R) processors and Microsoft* operating systems. These documents are updated yearly to address new requirements and current trends. PC200x specifications are intended for systems that are designed to work with Windows* 2000 and Windows XP class operating systems. The Hardware Design Guide (HDG) for the Windows XP platform is intended for systems that are designed to work with Windows XP class operating systems. Each specification classifies the systems further and has requirements based on the intended usage for that system. For example, a server system that will be used in small home/office environments has different requirements than one used for enterprise applications. The BIOS supports HDG 3.0. 4.8.2 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) The BIOS is ACPI 2.0c-compliant. The primary role of the BIOS is to provide ACPI tables. During POST, the BIOS creates the ACPI tables and locates them in extended memory (above 1MB). The location of these tables is conveyed to the ACPI-aware operating system through a series of tables located throughout memory. The format and location of these tables is documented in the publicly available ACPI specification. To prevent conflicts with a non-ACPI-aware operating system, the memory used for the ACPI tables is marked as "reserved". As described in the ACPI specification, an ACPI-aware operating system generates an SMI to request that the system be switched into ACPI mode. The BIOS responds by setting up all system (chipset) specific configuration required to support ACPI, and sets the SCI_EN bit as defined by the ACPI specification. The system automatically returns to legacy mode on hard reset or power-on reset. The BIOS supports S0, S1, S4, and S5 states. S1 and S4 are considered sleep states. The ACPI specification defines the sleep states and requires the system to support at least one of them. While entering the S4 state, the operating system saves the context to the disk and most of the system is powered off. The system can wake on a power button press, or a signal received from a wake-on-LAN compliant LAN card (or onboard LAN), modem ring, PCI power management Revision 2.1 95 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 interrupt, or RTC alarm. The BIOS performs complete POST upon wake up from S4, and initializes the platform. The system can wake from the S1 state using a PS/2 keyboard, mouse, or USB device, in addition to the sources described above. The wake sources are enabled by the ACPI operating systems with cooperation from the drivers; the BIOS has no direct control over the wakeup sources when an ACPI operating system is loaded. The role of the BIOS is limited to describing the wakeup sources to the operating system and controlling secondary control/status bits via the DSDT table. The S5 state is equivalent to operating system shutdown. No system context is saved. 4.8.3 Sleep and Wake Functionality The BIOS supports a control panel power button. The power button is a request that is forwarded by the mBMC to the ACPI power state machines in the chipset. It is monitored by the mBMC and does not directly control power on the power supply. The BIOS supports a control panel sleep button. The sleep button may not be provided on all control panel designs. On systems where the sleep button is optional, a system configuration option will be provided to enable or disable the sleep button. The ACPI tables will be updated to indicate the presence or absence of the sleep button. Removal of the sleep button does not prevent an ACPI OS from entering a sleep state. The sleep button has no effect unless an operating system is running. If the operating system is running, pressing the sleep button causes an event. The operating system will cause the system to transition to the appropriate ACPI system state depending on the current user settings. The platform supports a control panel reset button. The reset button is a request that is forwarded by the mBMC to the chipset. The BIOS does not affect the behavior of the reset button. The BIOS supports a control panel NMI button. The NMI button may not be provided on all control panel designs. The NMI button is a request that causes the mBMC to generate an NMI (non-maskable interrupt). The NMI is captured by the BIOS during Boot Services time or the operating system during runtime. The BIOS will halt the system upon detection of the NMI. 4.8.3.1 Power Switch Off to On The chipset may be configured to generate wakeup events for several different system events: Wake on LAN, PCI Power Management Interrupt (PMI), and Real Time Clock Alarm are examples of these events. The operating system will program the wake sources before shutdown. A transition from either source results in the mBMC starting the power-up sequence. Since the processors are not executing, the BIOS does not participate in this sequence. The hardware receives power good and reset from the mBMC and then transitions to an On state. Revision 2.1 96 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 4.8.3.2 System BIOS On to Off (Operating System Absent) The SCI interrupt is masked. The firmware polls the power button status bit in the ACPI hardware registers and sets the state of the machine in the chipset to the OFF state. The mBMC monitors power state signals from the chipset and de-asserts PS_PWR_ON to the power supply. As a safety mechanism, the mBMC automatically powers off the system in 4-5 seconds if the BIOS fails to service the request. 4.8.3.3 On to Off (Operating System Present) If an operating system is loaded, the power button generates a request (via SCI) to the operating system to shutdown the system. The operating system retains control of the system, and OS policy determines into which sleep state(s) the system can transition. 4.8.3.4 On to Sleep (ACPI) If an operating system is loaded, the sleep button generates a request (via SCI) to the operating system to place the system in "sleep" mode. The operating system retains control of the system, and OS policy determines into which sleep state(s) the system can transition. 4.8.3.5 Sleep to On (ACPI) If an operating system is loaded, the sleep button generates a wake event to the ACPI chipset and a request (via SCI) to the operating system to place the system in the On state. The operating system retains control of the system, and OS policy determines from which sleep state(s) and sleep source(s) the system can wake. 4.8.3.6 System Sleep States The platform supports the following ACPI System Sleep States: ACPI S0 (working) state ACPI S1 (sleep) state ACPI S4 (suspend to disk) state ACPI S5 (soft-off) state The platform supports the following wake up sources in an ACPI environment. As noted above, the operating system controls the enabling and disabling of these wake sources. Devices that are connected to all USB ports, such as USB mice and keyboards can wake the system up from the S1 sleep state. PS/2 keyboards and mice can wake up the system from the S1 sleep state. Both serial ports can be configured to wake up the system from the S1 sleep state. PCI cards, such as LAN cards, can wake up the system from the S1 or S4 sleep state. The PCI card must have the necessary hardware for this to work. As required by the ACPI Specification, the power button can always wake up the system from the S1 or S4 state. Revision 2.1 97 Intel order number C91056-002 System BIOS Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Additionally, if an ACPI operating system is loaded, the following can cause the system to wake: the PME, RTC, or Wake-on-LAN*. Table 47. Supported Wake Events Wake Event Supported via ACPI (by sleep state) Supported Via Legacy Wake Always wakes system Power Button Always wakes system. Ring indicate from Serial A Wakes from S1 and S4. Yes Ring indicate from Serial B Wakes from S1 and S4. If Serial-B (COM2) is used for Emergency Management Port, Serial-B wakeup is disabled. Yes PME from PCI cards Wakes from S1 and S4. Yes RTC Alarm Wakes from S1. Always wakes the system up from S4. No Mouse Wakes from S1. No Keyboard Wakes from S1. No USB Wakes from S1. No Revision 2.1 98 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5. Platform Management Platform Management The platform management sub-system on the Server Board SE7320VP2 consists of a microcontroller, communication buses, sensors, system BIOS, and server management firmware. The On-Board Platform Instrumentation is based around the National Semiconductor* PC87431M mini-Baseboard Management Controller (mBMC. The following table summarizes the supported features for the On-board Platform Instrumentation: Table 48. On-Board Supported Management Features Element IPMI Messaging, Commands, and Abstractions On-Board Platform Instrumentation Yes Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) Yes Sensors Limited Sensor Data Records (SDRs) and SDR Repository Limited FRU Information Limited Autonomous Event Logging Yes System Event Log (SEL) 92 Entries BMC Watchdog Timer, covering BIOS and run-time software Limited IPMI Channels, and Sessions Limited EMP (Emergency Management Port) - IPMI Messaging over Serial/Modem. This feature is also referred to as DPC (Direct Platform Control) over serial/modem. No Serial/Modem Paging No Serial/Modem Alerting over PPP using the Platform Event Trap (PET) format No DPC (Direct Platform Control) - IPMI Messaging over LAN (available via both on-board network controllers) Yes LAN Alerting using PET Yes Platform Event Filtering (PEF) Yes ICMB (Intelligent Chassis Management Bus) - IPMI Messaging between chassis No PCI SMBus support No Fault Resilient Booting Limited BIOS logging of POST progress and POST errors Errors Only Integration with BIOS console redirection via IPMI v2.0 Serial Port Sharing No Access via web browser No SNMP access No Telnet access No DNS support No DHCP support (dedicated NIC only) No Memory Sparing/Mirroring sensor support No Alerting via Email No Keyboard, Video, Mouse (KVM) redirection via LAN No High speed access to dedicated NIC No Revision 2.1 99 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 This chapter will provide an overview of the On-board Platform Instrumentation architecture and details of it features and functionality including BIOS interactions and support. 5.1 Platform Management Architecture Overview CPU1 LM 93 VID_CPU0[5:0] P1_VID[5:0] ProcHot VID_CPU1[5:0] P2_VID[5:0] ThermTrip Not Used P12V_CPU_SCALED P12V_SCALED P_VTT P1V5 Not Used P_VCCP0 P_VCCP1 P3V3 P5V P1V8_SCSI DDR Core DDR Vtt Gb LAN Core N12V_SCALED P3V3_STBY SCSIA_TERMPWR SCSIB_TERMPWR CPU1 Thermal Diode SCSI_term1 SCSI_term2 RTD (1) IERR PWM1 Zone 1 PWM2 Zone2 Config Check Logic CPU Fan CPU Fan Fan Fan PC87431 mBMC Tach1 CPU_CFG_ERR_N Tach2 RTD (2) Tach3 Tach4 Fan Fan PC87427 SIO Front Panel Connector CPU2Thermal Diode +12V1 +12V2 +12V3 FSB_Vtt Chipset_Core ICH_Core CPU1_Vccp CPU2_Vccp 3.3V +5V SCSI_Core Mem_Core Mem_Vtt GBIT _Core -12V +3.3 S/B Vcc CPU2 FP_ID_BTN_N FP_RST_BTN CPU1_SEL CPU2_SEL FP_PWR_BTN FP_NMI_BTN FP_ID_LED_N FP_SYS_FLT_LED_A ICH_RST_BTN ICH_PWR_BTN FP_SYS_FLT_LED_C SYS_NMI SECURE_MODE_KB SYS_SMI FRB3_TMR_HALT_N PS_PWR_GD FANIN1 FANIN2 Mem Fan FANIN3 1 WIRE Bus Chassis Security LED Temp CHASSIS INTRUSION SECURE_MODE_KB PWR_LED Revision 2.1 100 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.1.1 Platform Management 5V Standby The power supply must provide a 5V Standby power source for the platform to provide any management functionality. 5V Standby is a low power 5V supply that is active whenever the system is plugged into AC power. 5V Standby is used by the following onboard management devices: 5.1.2 Management Controller (mBMC) and associated RAM, Flash, and SEEPROM which are used to monitor the various system power control sources including the front panel Power Button, the baseboard RTC alarm signal, and power on request messages from the auxiliary IPMB connector and PCI SMBus. On-board NICs that support IPMI-over-LAN and LAN Alerting, Wake-On LAN, and Magic Packet* operation. System Status LED on the front panel System Identify LED IPMI Messaging, Commands, and Abstractions The IPMI specification defines a standardized, abstracted, message-based interface between software and the platform management subsystem, and a common set of messages (commands) for performing operations such as accessing temperature, voltage, and fan sensors, setting thresholds, logging events, controlling a watchdog timer, etc. IPMI includes a set of records called Sensor Data Records (SDRs) that make the platform management subsystem self-descriptive to system management software. The SDRs include software information such as how many sensors are present, what type they are and what events they generate. The SDRs also include information such as minimum and maximum ranges, sensor type, accuracy and tolerance, etc., that guides software in interpreting and presenting sensor data. Together, IPMI Messaging and the SDRs provide a self-descriptive, abstracted platform interface that allows management software to automatically configure itself to the number and types of platform management features on the system. In turn, this enables one piece of management software to be used on multiple systems. Since the same IPMI messages are used over the serial/modem and LAN interfaces, a software stack designed for in-band (local) management access can readily be re-used as an out-of-band remote management stack by changing the underlying communications layer for IPMI messaging. 5.1.3 IPMI `Sensor Model' An IPMI-compatible `Sensor Model' is used to unify the way that temperature, voltage, and other platform management status and control is represented and accessed. The implementation of this model is done according to command and data formats defined in the Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification. The majority of monitored platform elements are accessed as logical Sensors under this model. This access is accomplished using an abstracted, message-based interface (IPMI messages). Instead of having system software access the platform monitoring and control hardware registers directly, it sends commands, such as the Get Sensor Reading command, for sensor Revision 2.1 101 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 access. The message-based interface isolates software from the particular hardware implementation. System Management Software discovers the platform's sensor capabilities by reading the Sensor Data Records from a Sensor Data Record Repository managed by the management controller. Sensor Data Records provide a list of the sensors, their characteristics, location, type, and associated Sensor Number, for sensors in a particular system. The Sensor Data Records also hold default threshold values (if the sensor has threshold based events), factors for converting a sensor reading into the appropriate units (mV, rpm, degrees Celsius, etc.), and information on the types of events that a sensor can generate. Sensor Data Records also provide information on where Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) information is located, and information to link sensors with the entity and/or FRU they're associated with. Information in the SDRs is also used for configuring and restoring sensor thresholds and event generation whenever the system powers up or is reset. This is accomplished via a process called the `initialization agent'. The mBMC reads the SDRs and based on bit settings, writes the threshold data. Then it enables event generation for the various sensors it. System Management Software uses the data contained in the Sensor Data Record information to locate sensors in order to poll them, interpret, and present their data readings, adjust thresholds, interpret SEL entries, and alter event generation settings. 5.1.4 Management Controllers At the heart of platform management is a management controller. The Server Board SE7320VP2 supports the PC87431M mini-Baseboard Management Controller (mBMC) from National Semiconductor. The management controller is a microcontroller that provides the intelligence at the heart of the Intelligent Platform Management architecture. The primary purpose of the management controller is to autonomously monitor system sensors for system platform management events, such as over-temperature, out-of-range voltages, etc., and log their occurrence in the nonvolatile System Event Log. This includes events such as over-temperature and over-voltage conditions, fan failures, etc. The management controller also provides the interface to the sensors and SEL so System Management Software can poll and retrieve the present status of the platform. The contents of the log can be retrieved `post mortem' to provide failure analysis information to field service personnel. It is also accessible by System Management Software, such as Intel(R) Server Management (ISM), running under the operating system. The management controller includes the ability to generate a selectable action, such as a system power-off or reset, when a match occurs to one of a configurable set of events. This capability is called Platform Event Filtering, or PEF. The management controller includes recovery control functions that allow local or remote software to request actions such as power on/off, power cycle, and system hard resets, plus an IPMI Watchdog Timer that can be used by BIOS and/or run-time management software as a way to detect software hangs. Revision 2.1 102 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Platform Management The management controller provides `out-of-band' remote management interfaces providing access to the platform health, event log, and recovery control features via LAN. This interface remains active on standby power, providing a mechanism where the SEL, SDR, and recovery control features can be accessed even when the system is powered down. Because the management controller operates independently from the main processor(s), the management controller monitoring and logging functions, and the out-of-band interfaces can remain operative even under failure conditions that cause the main processors, operating system, or local system software to stop. The management controller also provides the interface to the non-volatile Sensor Data Record (SDR) repository. IPMI Sensor Data Records provide a set of information that system management software can use to automatically configure itself for the number and type of IPMI sensors (e.g. temperature sensors, voltage sensors, etc.) in the system. This information allows management software to automatically adapt itself to the particular system, enabling the development of management software that can work on multiple platforms without requiring the software to be modified. The following is a list of the major functions that are managed by the mBMC. Sensors and Sensor Polling FRU Information Access. FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) information is non-volatile storage for serial number, part number, asset tag and other inventory information for the baseboard and chassis. The FRU implementation on Server Board SE7320VP2 includes write support for OEM-specific records. Autonomous Event Logging. The management controller autonomously polls baseboard sensors and generates IPMI Platform Events, also called Event Messages, when an event condition is detected. The events are automatically logged to the System Event Log (SEL). System Event Log (SEL). Non-volatile storage for platform health events. Events can be autonomously logged by the mBMC. Sensor Data Record (SDR) Repository. Non-volatile storage holding records describing the number and type of management sensors on the baseboard and in the chassis. Includes write support for OEM-specific records and sensors. SDR/SEL Timestamp Clock. A clock internally maintained by the management controller that is used for time-stamping events and recording when SDR and SEL contents have changed. Watchdog Timer with selectable timeout actions (power off, power cycle, reset, or NMI) and automatic logging of timeout event Direct Platform Control (DPC) LAN Remote Management Connection LAN Alerting via PET (Platform Event Trap) format SNMP trap Platform Event Filtering (PEF) SMBus IPMI-System Interface Remote Boot Control Local and Remote Power On/Off/Reset Control Local and Remote Diagnostic Interrupt (NMI) Control Fault-Resilient Booting Control Panel LED Control Revision 2.1 103 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management 5.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Updateable mBMC Firmware System Management Power Control (including providing Sleep/Wake and power pushbutton interfaces) Platform Event Filtering (PEF) Baseboard Fan Speed Control and Failure Monitoring Baseboard FRU Information interface Diagnostic Interrupt (Control Panel NMI) Handling Secure Mode Control: front panel lock/unlock initiation On-Board Platform Management Features and Functionality The National Semiconductor PC87431M mini-Baseboard Management Controller (mBMC) is an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) with a Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC)based processor and many peripheral devices embedded into it. It is targeted for a wide range of remote-controlled platforms, such as servers, workstations, hubs, and printers. The mBMC contains the logic needed for executing the firmware, controlling the system, monitoring sensors, and communicating with other systems and devices via various external interfaces. The following figure illustrates the block diagram of the mBMC, as it is used in a server management system. The external interface blocks to the mBMC are the discrete hardware peripheral device interface modules shown as blocks outside of the mBMC ASIC. FlashMemory Bus Interface Unit GPIOPins General purpose Outputand Digital Input Sensordevices SMBus InterruptPins FrontPanel and PowerStat Signal LANon Motherboard (LOM)Interface SMBus SMBus Host Interfaces ChipSet Processor mBMC ASIC Figure 13. mBMC in a Server Management System Revision 2.1 104 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Platform Management Server Management I2C Buses 5.2.1 The table below describes the server management I2C bus assignments and lists the devices that are connected to the indicated bus. The column labeled "I2C Bus ID" represents the physical I2C bus connected to the mBMC. Only the Peripheral SMBus is available for use with the Write-Read I2C IPMI command. Table 49. Server Management I2C Bus ID Assignments 2 I C Bus ID 1 Bus Name Host SMBus Devices Connected SMBus, PCI slots, 6300ESB ICH, mBMC, DIMM FRU 2 Peripheral SMBus SMLink, 6300ESB ICH, mBMC, SIO 3, LM93, control panel, PDB, Baseboard Temp Sensor, BMC FRU 4 Private Bus 4 - PB4 Network Interface Chipset 5.2.2 Power Control Interfaces The mBMC is placed between the power button and the chipset so it can implement the Secure Mode feature of disabling the power button, and add additional power control sources to the system. In addition to the mandatory chassis controls, such as power-down and power-up, the mBMC supports power cycle and pulse diagnostic interrupt. The mBMC Chassis Control command supports the following power behavior. Power down (0h - Chassis Control command): This option asserts a 4s override to the chipset Soft Shutdown (5h - Chassis Control command): This option generates a 200ms pulse of the chipset power button The following figure shows the data/control flow to and within the functional modules of the mBMC. External interfaces, namely the host system, Lan-On-Motherboard (LOM), and peripherals interact with the mBMC through the corresponding interface modules. Power supply control functions and control panel control functions are built into the mBMC. The mBMC communicates with the internal modules using its private SMBus. External devices and sensors interact with the mBMC using the peripheral SMBus. LOM communicates through the LOM SMBus. Revision 2.1 105 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Figure 14. External Interfaces to mBMC 5.2.3 mBMC Hardware Architecture The following figure shows an example of the internal functional modules of the mBMC in a block diagram. The mBMC controls various server management functions, such as the system power/reset control, a variety of types of sensor monitoring, system initialization, fault resilient booting (FRB). The memory subsystem consists of flash memory to hold the mBMC operation code, firmware update code, System Event Log (SEL), Sensor Data Record (SDR) repository, and mBMC persistent data. A private SMBus provides the mBMC with access to various sensors located in the server system. Revision 2.1 106 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Platform Management Figure 15. Typical mBMC Block Diagram 5.2.4 Power Supply Interface Signals The mBMC supports two power supply control signals: Power On and Power Good. The Power On signal connects to the chassis power subsystem through the chipset and is used to request power state changes (asserted = request Power On). Power Good is a signal from the chassis power subsystem indicating current power state (asserted = power is on). The following figure shows the power supply control signals and their sources. To turn on the system, the mBMC asserts the Power On signal and waits for the Power Good signal to assert in response, indicating that DC power is on. Revision 2.1 107 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Figure 16. Power Supply Control Signals The mBMC uses the Power Good signal to monitor whether the power supply is on and operational, and to confirm whether the actual system power state matches the intended system on/off power state that was commanded with the Power On signal. De-assertion of the Power Good signal generates an interrupt. The mBMC uses this to detect either power subsystem failure or loss of AC power. If AC power is suddenly lost, the mBMC: 1. Immediately asserts a system reset. 2. Powers down the system. 3. Waits for configured system off time, then attempts to power the system back up, depending on system power restore policy. 5.2.5 Power Control Sources The sources listed in the following table can initiate power-up and/or power-down activity. Table 50. Power Control Initiators Power button External Signal Name or Internal Subsystem Front control power button Turns power on or off mBMC Watchdog Timer Internal mBMC timer Turns power off or power cycle Platform Event Filtering PEF Turns power off or power cycle Command Routed through command processor Turns power on or off, or power cycle Power state retention Implemented via mBMC internal logic Turns power on when AC power returns Source Capabilities Revision 2.1 108 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.2.6 Platform Management Power-up Sequence When turning on the system power after one of the event occurrences, the mBMC executes the following procedure: 1. The mBMC asserts Power Supply (PS) Power On via the chipset and waits for the power subsystem to assert Power Good. The system is reset. 2. The mBMC initializes all sensors to their Power On initialization states. The Init Agent is run. 3. The mBMC attempts to boot the system by running the FRB algorithm, if FRB is enabled. 5.2.7 Power-down Sequence To power down the system, the mBMC effectively performs the sequence of power-up steps in reverse order. It occurs as follows: 1. The mBMC asserts system reset. 2. The mBMC de-asserts the Power On signal via the chipset. 3. The power subsystem turns off system power upon de-assertion of the Power On signal. 5.2.8 System Reset Control 5.2.8.1 Reset Signal Output The mBMC asserts the System Reset signal on the baseboard to perform a system reset. The mBMC asserts the System Reset signal before powering the system up. After power is stable as indicated by the power subsystem Power Good signal, the mBMC sets the processor enable state as appropriate and de-asserts the System Reset signal, taking the system out of reset. The system reset signal responds to the control panel or IPMI commands. 5.2.8.2 Reset Control Sources The following table shows the reset sources and the actions taken by the system. Table 51. System Reset Sources and Actions Reset Source Standby power comes up System Reset? No (no DC power) mBMC Reset Yes DC power comes up Yes No Reset button or in-target probe (ITP) reset Yes No Warm boot (DOS ctrl-alt-del, for example) Yes No Command to reset the system Yes No Set Processor State command Yes No Watchdog timer configured for reset Yes No FRB3 failure Yes No PEF action Optional No Revision 2.1 109 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management 5.2.8.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Control Panel System Reset The reset button is a momentary contact button on the control panel. Its signal is routed through the control panel connector to the mBMC, which monitors and de-bounces it. The signal must be stable for at least 25 ms before a state change is recognized. If Secure Mode is enabled or the button is forced protected, the reset button does not reset the system. A Platform Security Violation Attempt event message is instead generated. 5.2.9 Control Panel User Interface The mBMC acts as the control panel controller2, processing signals from the control panel switches and LEDs. The mBMC supports three control panel events. Power button assertion A low-level signal at PWBTIN indicates that the power button is being pressed. This input is bridged to the PWBTOUT output if Control Panel Lockout is disabled. The "Control Panel Power Button pressed" event is logged in the SEL. Reset button assertion A low-level signal at RSTIN indicates that the reset button is being pressed. This input is bridged to the RSTOUT output if Control Panel Lockout is disabled. The "Control Panel Reset Button pressed" event is logged in the SEL. Combined power and reset button assertion If DC power is off, an assertion of the PWBTIN while the RSTIN is asserted generates an OEM-specific Control Panel event to PEF. The event attributes are: Sensor Type code - 14h (Button) and Sensor Specific offset - 07h. This PEF action initiates a BIOS CMOS clear request to the system BIOS. The user interface of the control panel consists of the following indicators: Power LED Fault/Status LED Chassis ID LED For user input, the standard control panel can provide the following buttons/switches: Reset button Power button NMI button Chassis ID button Chassis intrusion switch (optional) 2 The Intel(R) Local Control Panel with LCD, is not supported with on-board platform management (mBMC). Revision 2.1 110 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.2.9.1 Platform Management Control Panel Indicators The mBMC is capable of supporting three control panel indicators: Power LED, Fault/Status LED, and Chassis ID LED. The states of these indicators and how they relate to the mBMC/chassis state are detailed below. 5.2.9.1.1 Power LED The BIOS controls the control panel Power LED as described in the table below. Table 52. SSI Power LED Operation State Power Mode LED Description Power Off Non-ACPI OFF System power is off, and the BIOS has not initialized the chipset. Power On Non-ACPI ON System power is on, but the BIOS has not yet initialized the chipset. 5.2.9.1.2 Fault / Status LED The following table shows mapping of sensors/faults to the LED state. Table 53. Fault / Status LED Color Green Amber Off Condition Solid When System ready Blink System ready, but degraded: CPU disabled (not supported with the Server Board SE7320VP2) Solid Critical failure: critical fan, voltage, or temperature state Blink Non-critical failure: non-critical fan, voltage, or temperature state Solid System not ready: POST error / NMI event / CPU or terminator missing Critical Condition - Any critical or non-recoverable threshold crossing associated with the following events: Temperature, voltage, or fan critical threshold crossing Critical Event Logging errors, including System Memory Uncorrectable ECC errors and FSB Bus errors Non-Critical Condition Temperature, voltage, or fan non-critical threshold crossing Chassis intrusion Revision 2.1 111 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Degraded Condition One or more processors are disabled by Fault Resilient Boot (FRB) (not supported by the Server Board SE7320VP2) 5.2.9.1.3 Chassis ID LED The Chassis ID LED provides a visual indication of a system being serviced. The state of the Chassis ID LED is toggled by the chassis ID button or it can be controlled by the Chassis Identify command. Table 54. Chassis ID LED Color Blue 5.2.9.2 Condition Off Ok When Blink Identify button pressed or Chassis Identify command executed Control Panel Inputs The mBMC monitors the control panel switches and other chassis signals. The control panel input buttons are momentary contact switches, which are de-bounced by the mBMC processor firmware. The de-bounce time is 25 ms. 5.2.9.2.1 Chassis Intrusion Some platforms support chassis intrusion detection. On those platforms, the mBMC monitors chassis intrusion by polling the server input/output (SIO) device. The state of the chassis intrusion input is provided by the status register of the SIO device. A Chassis Intrusion event is logged in the System Event Log when a change in the input state is detected. 5.2.9.2.2 Power Button The Power Button signal toggles system power. The Power Button signal to the mBMC is activated by a momentary contact switch on the control panel assembly. The mBMC de-bounces the signal. After de-bouncing the signal, the mBMC routes it directly to the chipset via the Power Button signal. If the chipset has been initialized by the BIOS, the chipset responds to the assertion of the signal. It reacts to the press of the switch, not the release of it. If the system is in Secure Mode or if the Power Button is forced protected, then when the power switch is pressed, a Platform Security Violation Attempt event message is generated. No power control action is taken. In the case of simultaneous button presses, the Power Button action takes priority over all other buttons. Due to the routing of the de-bounced Power Button signal to the chipset, the power signal action overrides the action of the other switch signals. Revision 2.1 112 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.2.9.2.3 Platform Management Reset Button An assertion of the control panel Reset signal to the mBMC causes the mBMC to start the reset and reboot process. This is immediate and without the cooperation of any software or operating system running on the system. The reset button is a momentary contact button on the control panel. Its signal is routed through the control panel connector to the mBMC, which monitors and de-bounces it. If Secure Mode is enabled or if the button is forced protected, the reset button does not reset the system, but instead a Platform Security Violation Attempt event message is generated. 5.2.9.2.4 Diagnostic Interrupt Button (Control Panel NMI) As stated in the IPMI 1.5 Specification, a diagnostic interrupt is a non-maskable interrupt or signal for generating diagnostic traces and `core dumps' from the operating system. The mBMC generates NMIs and can be used for an OEM-specific diagnostic control panel interface. The diagnostic interrupt button is connected to the mBMC through the control panel connector. A diagnostic interrupt button press causes the mBMC to generate a SEL entry that will trigger an NMI PEF OEM action. The event attributes are: Sensor Type code - 13h (Critical Interrupt) and Sensor Specific offset - 0h. 5.2.9.2.5 Chassis Identify Button The chassis identify button on the control panel toggles the state of the Chassis ID LED. If the Chassis ID LED is off, pressing this button causes the LED to blink for 15 seconds. After this time, the LED will turn off. If the LED is on, a button press or IPMI Chassis Identify command turns off the LED. Upon assertion of the chassis identify button, a SEL event is generated by the chassis identity sensor button. The event attributes are: Sensor Type code - 14h (Button) and Sensor Specific offset - 1h. 5.2.9.3 Secure Mode Operation The mBMC handles the secure mode feature, which allows the control panel power and reset buttons to be protected against unauthorized use or access. Secure mode is a signal from the keyboard controller and is asserted when the keyboard controller is in a locked state. Power and reset buttons are locked and a security violation event is generated if these buttons are pressed while secure mode is active. Secure Mode state is cleared whenever the System is powered down, the Set Chassis Capabilities command is issued to change the Secure Mode state, or the FP_LOCK signal is de-asserted. 5.2.10 Baseboard Fan Control Fan control is performed by two pulse width modulator (PWM) outputs on the LM93. The 3-pin CPU fan headers (J5F2, J7F1) are not controlled. These operate at a constant speed. The mBMC initializes the LM93 to control fan speeds based on temperature. Revision 2.1 113 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 The LM93 controls the actual fan speeds based on temperature measurements according to a built-in table. The table itself is loaded as part of the SDR package according to which system configuration is used. In addition, BIOS passes in certain temperature data to the LM93 during POST. 5.2.11 mBMC Peripheral SMBus The mBMC implements a single private SMBus called the peripheral SMBus. The mBMC supports master-only mode for this SMBus. External agents must use the mBMC's Master Write/Read I2C command if they require direct communication with a device on this bus. 5.2.12 Watchdog Timer The mBMC implements a fully IPMI 1.5 compatible watchdog timer. See the IPMI 1.5 specification for details on watchdog timer configuration. 5.2.13 System Event Log (SEL) The mBMC implements the logical System Event Log device as specified in the Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification, Version 1.5. The SEL is accessible via all channels. In this way, the SEL information can be accessed through out-of-band interfaces while the system is down. The mBMC supports a maximum SEL size of 92 entries. 5.2.13.1 SEL Erasure It can take up to one minute to clear a System Event Log based upon other concurrent mBMC operations. 5.2.13.2 Timestamp Clock The mBMC maintains a four-byte internal timestamp clock used by the SEL and SDR subsystems. This clock is incremented once per second and is read and set using the Get SEL Time and Set SEL Time commands, respectively. The Get SDR Time command can also be used to read the timestamp clock. These commands are specified in the Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification, Version 1.5. The mBMC SEL timestamp is initialized by the BIOS prior to booting to the operating system using the IPMI command Set SEL Time. After a mBMC reset, the mBMC sets the initial value of the timestamp clock to 0x00000000. It is incremented once per second after that. A SEL event containing a timestamp from 0x00000000 to 0x140000000 has a timestamp value that is relative to mBMC initialization. Revision 2.1 114 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Platform Management During POST, the BIOS tells the mBMC the current real-time clock (RTC) time via the Set SEL Time command. The mBMC maintains this time, incrementing it once per second, until the mBMC is reset or until the time is changed via another Set SEL Time command. System Management Software is responsible for keeping the mBMC and system time synchronized. 5.2.14 Sensor Data Record (SDR) Repository The mBMC includes built-in Sensor Data Records (SDRs) that provide platform management capabilities (sensor types, locations, event generation and access information). The SDR Repository is stored in the non-volatile storage area (flash) of the mBMC. The SDR Repository is accessible via all channels. This way, out-of-band interfaces can be used to access SDR Repository information while the system is down. See Table 58 for additional sensor support. The mBMC supports 2176 bytes of storage for SDR records The SDR defines the type of sensor, thresholds, hysteresis values and event configuration. The mBMC supports up to six threshold values for threshold-based full sensor records, and up to 15 events for non thresholdbased full and compact sensor records. The mBMC supports both low-going and high-going sensor devices. 5.2.14.1 Initialization Agent The mBMC implements the internal sensor initialization agent functionality specified in the Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification, Version 1.5. When the mBMC is initialized, or a system is rebooted, the initialization agent scans the SDR repository and configures the mBMC sensors referenced by the SDRs. This includes setting sensor thresholds, enabling/disabling sensor event message scanning, and enabling/disabling sensor event messages. 5.2.15 Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) Inventory Devices An enterprise-class system typically has FRU information for each major system board, (processor board, memory board, I/O board, etc.). The FRU data includes information such as serial number, part number, model, and asset tag. This information can be accessed in two ways: through IPMI FRU commands or by using Master Write-Read commands. The mBMC provides FRU device command access to its own FRU device. The mBMC implements the interface for logical FRU inventory devices as specified in the Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification, Version 1.5. This functionality provides commands used for accessing and managing the FRU inventory information associated with the mBMC (FRU ID 0). These commands can be delivered over the Host and LAN channel interfaces. 5.2.15.1 mBMC FRU Inventory Area Format The mBMC FRU inventory area format follows the Platform Management FRU Information Storage Definition. See the Platform Management FRU Information Storage Definition, Version 1.0 for details. Revision 2.1 115 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 The mBMC provides only low-level access to the FRU inventory area storage. It does not validate or interpret the data that is written. This includes the common header area. Applications cannot relocate or resize any FRU inventory areas. 5.2.16 NMI Generation The mBMC-generated NMI pulse duration is 200 ms. The following may cause the mBMC to generate an NMI pulse: Receiving a Chassis Control command issued from one of the command interfaces. Use of this command will not cause an event to be logged in the SEL. Detecting that the control panel Diagnostic Interrupt button has been pressed. Use of this command will cause a button event to be logged into the SEL Type code - 13h (Critical Interrupt), Sensor Specific offset - 6Fh A PEF table entry matching an event where the filter entry has the NMI action indicated. Watchdog timer pre-timeout expiration with NMI pre-timeout action enabled. Once an NMI has been generated by the mBMC, the mBMC will not generate another until the system has been reset or powered down. 5.2.17 SMI Generation The mBMC can be configured to generate an SMI due to Watchdog timer pre-timeout expiration with SMI pre-timeout interrupt specified. 5.2.18 Event Message Reception The mBMC supports externally (e.g., BIOS) generated events via the Platform Event Message command. Events received via this command will be logged to the SEL and processed by PEF. 5.2.19 mBMC Self Test The mBMC performs various tests as part of its initialization. If a failure is determined (e.g., corrupt mBMC FRU, SDR, or SEL), the mBMC stores the error internally. 5.2.20 Messaging Interfaces This section describes the supported mBMC communication interfaces: Host SMS Interface via SMBus interface LAN interface using the LOM SMBus These specifications are defined in the following subsections. Revision 2.1 116 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.2.20.1 Platform Management Channel Management The mBMC supports two channels: System interface 802.3 LAN Table 55. Suported Channel Assignments 1 Channel ID Media Type 802.3 LAN Interface IPMB 1.0 Supports Sessions Multi-sessions 2 System Interface IPMI-SMBus Session-less 5.2.20.2 User Model The mBMC supports one anonymous user (null user name) with a settable password. The IPMI Set User Password command is supported. 5.2.20.3 Request/Response Protocol All of the protocols used in the above mentioned interfaces are Request/Response protocols. A Request Message is issued to an intelligent device, to which the device responds with a Response Message. As an example, with respect to the IPMB interface, both Request Messages and Response Messages are transmitted on the bus using SMBus Master Write transfers. In other words, a Request Message is issued from an intelligent device acting as an SMBus master, and is received by an intelligent device as an SMBus slave. The corresponding Response Message is issued from the responding intelligent device as an SMBus master, and is received by the request originator as an SMBus slave. 5.2.20.4 Host to mBMC Communication Interface The host communicates with the mBMC via the System Management Bus (SMBus). The interface consists of three signals: SMBus clock signal (SCLH) SMBus data signal (SDAH) Optional SMBus alert signal (SMBAH). The signal notifies the host that the PC87431x has data to provide. When the system main power is off (PWRGD signal is low), the host interface signals are in TRI-STATE to perform "passive" bus isolation between the mBMC SCLH, SDAH and SMBAH signals and the SMBus controller signals. The passive bus isolation can be disabled by host SMBus isolation control (offset 05h;) to support various system designs. The mBMC is a slave device on the bus. The host interface is designed to support polled operations. Host applications can optionally handle an SMBus alert interrupt, in case the mBMC Revision 2.1 117 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 is unable to respond immediately to a host request. In this case, "Not Ready" is indicated in one of two ways: The host interface bandwidth is limited by the bus clock and mBMC latency. To meet the device latency, the mBMC slows the bus periodically by extending the SMBus clock low interval (SCLH). It is recommended to have a point-to-point connection between the host and mBMC. If the mBMC is in the middle of a LAN or peripheral device communication, or if a response to the host request is not yet ready, the mBMC does not acknowledge the device address ("NACK"). This forces the host software to stop and restart the session. The minimum interval between two sessions should be 500 microseconds. 5.2.20.5 LAN Interface The IPMI Specification v1.5 defines how IPMI messages, encapsulated in RMCP packet format, can be sent to and from the mBMC. This capability allows a remote console application to access the mBMC and perform the following operations: Chassis Control, e.g., get chassis status, reset chassis, power-up chassis, power-down chassis Get system sensor status Get and set system boot options Get Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) information Get System Event Log (SEL) entries Get Sensor Data Records (SDR) Set Platform Event Filtering (PEF) Set LAN configurations In addition, the mBMC supports LAN alerting in the form of SNMP traps that conform to the IPMI Platform Event Trap (PET) format. Table 56. LAN Channel Capacity LAN Channel Capability Number of Sessions 1 Options Number of Users 1 User Name NULL (anonymous) User Password Configurable Privilege Levels User, Operator, Administrator Authentication Types None, Straight Password, MD5 Number of LAN Alert Destinations 1 Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Gratuitous ARP Revision 2.1 118 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.2.21 Platform Management Event Filtering and Alerting The mBMC implements most of the IPMI 1.5 alerting features. The following features are supported: PEF Alert over LAN 5.2.21.1 Platform Event Filtering (PEF) The mBMC monitors platform health and logs failure events into the SEL. The Platform Event Filtering (PEF) feature provides a configurable mechanism to allow events to trigger alert actions. PEF provides a flexible, general mechanism that enables the mBMC to perform selectable actions triggered by a configurable set of platform events. The mBMC supports the following IPMI PEF actions: Power-down Soft-shutdown (pulse ACPI power button signal) Power cycle Reset Diagnostic Interrupt Alert In addition, the mBMC supports the following OEM actions: Fault LED action Identification LED action Device feedback (Generate specified transaction on peripheral SMBus, or change level of DEIO pins) The power-down, soft-shutdown, power cycle and reset actions can be delayed by a specified number of 100ms up to the maximum PEF delay defined in the IPMI 1.5 specification. The mBMC maintains an Event Filter table with 30 entries that are used to select which actions to perform and one fixed/read-only Alert Policy Table entry. No alert strings are supported. Note: All Fault/Status LED and ID LED behaviors are driven off of PEF. PEF should not be disabled and the default entry configuration should not be modified or else those behaviors will be changed. Each time the PEF module receives an event message, either externally or internally generated, it compares the event data against the entries in the Event Filter table. The mBMC scans all entries in the table and determines a set of actions to be performed according to the entries that were matched. Actions are then executed in order of priority. If there is a combination of power down, power cycle, and/or reset actions, the actions are performed according to PEF Action Priorities. Note: An action that has changed from delayed to non-delayed, or an action whose delay time has been reduced automatically has higher priority. The mBMC can be configured to log PEF actions as SEL events. Revision 2.1 119 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 57. PEF Action Priorities Action Power-Down Priority 1 Delayed Yes Type PEF Action Soft-shutdown 2 Yes OEM PEF Action Not executed if a power-down action was also selected Power cycle 3 Yes PEF Action Not executed if a power-down action was also selected Reset 4 Yes PEF Action Not executed if a power-down action was also selected Diagnostic Interrupt 5 No PEF Action Not executed if a power-down action was also selected PET Alert 6 No PEF Action When selected, always occurs immediately after detection of a critical event. Sensor feedback 7 No OEM PEF Action When selected, always occurs immediately after detection of a critical event. IPMB message event 8 No OEM PEF Action When selected, always occurs immediately after detection of a critical event. Fault LED action 9 No OEM PEF Action When selected, always occurs immediately after detection of a critical event, and is stopped after the de-assertion of all critical events that requested LED blinking. Identification LED action 10 No OEM PEF Action When selected, always occurs immediately after detection of a critical event. 5.2.21.2 Note Alert over LAN LAN alerts are sent as SNMP traps in ASF formatted Platform Event Traps (PET) to a specified alert destination. The Alert over LAN feature is used to send either PET alerts or directed events to a remote system management application, regardless of the state of the host's operating system. LAN alerts may be sent over any of the LAN channels supported by a platform. LAN alerts can be used by PEF to send out alerts to selected destination whenever an event matches an event filter table entry. For more information on LAN alerts, see the IPMI specifications v1.5 5.2.22 mBMC Sensor Support The following tables are for the built-in and the external sensors for the platform. There is a management controller locator record as a built-in SDR besides the given below. mBMC sensors 01h - 08h are internal sensors to the mBMC and are used for event generation only. These sensors are not for use with the `Get Sensor Reading' IPMI command and may return an error when read. Revision 2.1 120 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Platform Management Table 58. Platform Sensors for On-Board Platform Instrumentation Sensor Name Sensor Event Offset Triggers # Physical Security Violation 01 LAN Leash Lost Readable Value / Offsets LAN Leash Lost EventData Trig Offset Platform Security Violation 02 Out-of-band access password violation - Trig Offset Power Unit Status 03 Power On/Off Power cycle AC Lost - Trig Offset Button 04h Power Button Reset Button - Trig Offset Watchdog 05h Timer Expired Hard Reset Power Down Power cycle Timer Interrupt - Trig Offset System Boot 06h Initiated by power up Initiated by hard reset Initiated by warm reset - Trig Offset System PEF Event 07h PEF Action - Trig Offset Platform Alert 08h Platform Event Trap generated - Trig Offset Sensor Name Physical Security Violation Sensor # 09h CPU1 12v 0Ah PEF Action - Fault LED Action CPU2 12v 0Bh Fault LED Action BB +1.5V 0Ch Fault LED Action BB +3.3V 0Dh Fault LED Action BB +5V 0Eh Fault LED Action BB +12V 0Fh Fault LED Action BB -12V 10h Fault LED Action FSB Vtt 11h Fault LED Action Mem Core(+2.5v) 12h Fault LED Action GBit Core 13h Fault LED Action BB +3.3V Aux 14h Fault LED Action Processor1 VCCP 15h Fault LED Action Processor2 VCCP 16h Fault LED Action BB Temp 17h Fault LED Action Processor1 Core Temp 18h Fault LED Action Processor2 Core Temp 19h Fault LED Action Tach Fan 1 1Ah Fault LED Action Tach Fan 2 1Bh Fault LED Action Tach Fan 3 1Ch Fault LED Action Revision 2.1 121 Intel order number C91056-002 Platform Management 5.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Sensor Name Tach Fan 4 Sensor # 1Dh PEF Action Fault LED Action Tach Fan 5 1Eh Fault LED Action Tach Fan 6 1Fh Fault LED Action Tach Fan 7 20h Fault LED Action Tach Fan 8 21h Fault LED Action Tach Fan 9 22h Fault LED Action Processor1 Fan 23h Fault LED Action Processor2 Fan 24h Fault LED Action Processor1 IERR 25h - Processor2 IERR 26h - Processor1 Thermal trip 27h Fault LED Action Processor2 Thermal trip 28h Fault LED Action Diagnostic Interrupt Button 29h NMI Pulse Chassis Identify Button 2Ah ID LED Action Processor1 Thermal Control 2Bh Fault LED Action Processor2 Thermal Control 2Ch Fault LED Action Console Redirection The BIOS supports Console Redirection. The BIOS supports redirection of both video and keyboard via a serial link (Serial A or Serial B). When console redirection is enabled, the local (host server) keyboard input and video output are passed both to the local keyboard and video connections, as well as to the remote console via the serial link. Keyboard inputs from both sources are valid and video is displayed to both outputs. As an option, the system can be operated without a keyboard or monitor attached to the host system and can run entirely from the remote console. Setup and any other text-based utilities can be accessed through console redirection. The BIOS maps the setup values for Serial console redirection to the ACPI Serial Port Console Redirection tables. BIOS Console Redirection terminates before giving control to an operating system. The operating system is responsible for continuing the Console Redirection after that point. BIOS console redirection is a text-based console and any graphical data, such as a logo, is not redirected. BIOS Console Redirection is intended to accomplish the implementation of VT-UTF8 console redirection support in Intel(R) server BIOS products. That implementation will meet the functional requirements set forth in the Microsoft Whistler WHQL requirements for headless operation of servers, as well as maintain a necessary degree of backward compatibility with existing Intel server BIOS products, and meet the architectural requirements of Intel server products currently in development. The server BIOS has a "console" that is intended to interact with a display and keyboard combination. The BIOS displays data in the form of BIOS Setup screens, Boot Manager screens, Power On Self Test (POST) informational messages and hotkey/escape sequence action requests. Revision 2.1 122 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 5.4 Platform Management Wired For Management (WFM) Wired for Management (WMF) is an industry-wide initiative that increases the overall manageability and reduces the total cost of ownership. WFM allows a server to be managed over a network. The system BIOS supports the SMBIOS to help higher-level instrumentation software meet the WFM requirements. Higher-level software can use the information provided by SMBIOS to instrument the desktop management interface (DMI) that are specified in the WFM specification. 5.5 Vital Product Data (VPD) Vital Product Data (VDP) is product-specific data used for product and product component identification. It is stored in non-volatile memory and preserved through power cycles. The VPD contains information such as Product Serial Number, Product Model Number, Manufacturer Identification, etc. The VPD is programmed during manufacturing. A user can update certain user-specific VPD information by using the Flash Update utility. The BIOS uses this data and displays it in SMBIOS structures and in BIOS Setup. 5.6 PXE BIOS Support The BIOS will support PXE-compliant implementations that: 5.7 Locate and configure all PXE-capable boot devices (UNDI Option ROMs) in the system, both built-in and add-ins. Supply a PXE according to the specification if the system includes a built-in network device. Meet the following specifications: System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) Reference Specification v2.2 or later. The requirements defined in Sections 3 and 4 of the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS) v1.01or later, to support network adapters as boot devices. Also, supply a valid UUID and Wake-up Source value for the system via the SMBIOS structure table. System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) The BIOS provides support for the SMBIOS specification to create a standardized interface for manageable attributes that are expected to be supported by DMI-enabled computer systems. The BIOS provides this interface via data structures through which the system attributes are reported. Using SMBIOS, a system administrator can obtain the types, capabilities, operational status, installation date and other information about the system components. Revision 2.1 123 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling 6. Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling This section defines how errors are handled. Also discussed is the role of the BIOS in error handling and the interaction between the BIOS, platform hardware, and server management firmware with regard to error handling. In addition, error-logging techniques are described and beep codes and POST messages are defined. 6.1 Fault Resilient Booting (FRB) Fault Resilient Booting (FRB) is a set of BIOS and BMC algorithms and hardware support that allow a multiprocessor system to boot in case of failure of the bootstrap processor (BSP) under certain conditions. With on-board platform instrumentation, should a processor failure be detected during POST, the mBMC does not have the ability to disable the failed or failing processor. Therefore the system may or may not continue to boot. An FRB-2 error will be logged in the System Event Log (SEL) and an error will be displayed at POST. FRB2 is a BIOS-based algorithm that uses the mBMC IPMI watchdog timer to protect against BIOS hangs during the POST process 6.1.1 FRB1 - BSP Self-Test Failures The BIOS provides an FRB1 timer. Early in POST, the BIOS checks the Built-in Self Test (BIST) results of the BSP. If the BSP fails BIST, the BIOS will notify the user that the BIST failed; no processors will be disabled. The BIST failure is displayed during POST and an error is logged to the SEL. 6.1.2 FRB2 - BSP POST Failures A second timer (FRB2) is set to several minutes by BIOS and is designed to guarantee that the system completes POST. The FRB2 timer is enabled just before the FRB3 timer is disabled to prevent any "unprotected" window of time. Near the end of POST, the BIOS disables the FRB2 timer. If the system contains more than 1 GB of memory and the user chooses to test every DWORD of memory, the watchdog timer is extended before the extended memory test starts, because the memory test can exceed the timer duration. The BIOS will also disable the watchdog timer before prompting the user for a boot password. If the system hangs during POST, before the BIOS disables the FRB2 timer, the appropriate event will be logged in the System Event Log (SEL), and displayed to the user. The BIOS provides options to control the policy applied to FRB2 failures. These options are not supported by the Server Board SE7320VP2, and mBMC does not support the option to disable the BSP. Revision 2.1 124 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 6.1.3 Error Reporting and Handling FRB3 - BSP Reset Failures The BIOS and firmware provide a feature to guarantee that the system boots, even if one or more processors fail during POST. The mBMC contains one watchdog timer that can be configured to reset the system upon time-out. The first timer (FRB3) starts counting down whenever the system comes out of hard reset. If the BSP successfully resets and begins executing, the BIOS disables the FRB-3 timer in the mBMC and the system continues executing POST. If the timer expires because of the BSP's failure to fetch or execute BIOS code, the mBMC resets the system, changes the bootstrap processor, and the tries again to execute the BIOS code and disable the FRB3 timer. It will continue to cycle until it finds a good processor. The process of cycling through all the processors is repeated upon system reset or power cycle. Soft resets do not affect the FRB3 timer. The duration of the FRB3 timer is set by system firmware. The mBMC generates beep codes on the system speaker if it fails to find a good processor. The mBMC supports the algorithm described above, but does not disable the processor and the failure will be logged as an FRB2 failure. 6.1.4 OS Watchdog Timer - Operating System Load Failures The OS Watchdog Timer feature is designed to allow watchdog timer protection of the operating system load process. This is done in conjunction with an operating system-present device driver or application that will disable the watchdog timer once the operating system has successfully loaded. If the operating system load process fails, the mBMC will reset the system. The BIOS shall disable the OS Watchdog Timer before handing control to the OS Loader if it is determined to be booting from removable media or the BIOS cannot determine the media type. If the BIOS is going to boot to a known hard drive, it will read a user option for the OS Watchdog Timer for HDD Boots. If this is disabled, the BIOS will ensure the watchdog timer is disabled and boot. Otherwise the BIOS will read the enabled time value from the option and set the OS Watchdog timer for that value (5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes) before trying to load the operating system. If the OS Watchdog Timer is enabled, the timer is repurposed as an OS Watchdog timer and is referred to by that title as well. WARNING: The BIOS may incorrectly determine that a removable media is a hard drive if the media emulates a hard drive. In this case, the OS Watchdog timer will not be automatically disabled. If the BIOS is going to boot to a known PXE-compliant device, then the BIOS reads a user option for OS Watchdog Timer for PXE Boots and either disables the timer or enables the timer with a value read from the option (5, 10, 15, or 20 minutes). If the OS Watchdog Timer is enabled, the timer is repurposed as an OS Watchdog Timer and is referred to by that title as well. If the OS Watchdog Timer is enabled and if a boot password is enabled, the BIOS will disable the OS Watchdog Timer before prompting the user for a boot password regardless of the OS Watchdog Timer option setting. Also, if the user has chosen to enter BIOS setup, the timer will be disabled regardless of option settings. The mBMC retains status bits that can be read by the BIOS later in the POST for the purpose of logging the appropriate event into the SEL, and displaying an appropriate error message to the user. As the timer may be repurposed, the BIOS Revision 2.1 125 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 and BMC will also keep track of which timer expired (early FRB2, late FRB2, or OS Watchdog) and display the appropriate error message to the user. All of the user options are intended to allow a system administrator to set up a system such that during a normal boot no gap exists during POST that is not covered by the watchdog timer. Options are provided by the BIOS to control the policy applied to OS Watchdog timer failures. By default, an OS Watchdog Timer failure will not cause any action. Other options provided by the BIOS are for the system to reset or power off watchdog timer failure. 6.1.5 Treatment of Failed Processors All the failures (FRB3, FRB2, and FRB1), including the failing processor, are recorded into the system event log (SEL). The FRB-3 failure is recorded automatically by the mBMC while the FRB2, and FRB1 failures are logged to the SEL by the BIOS. In the case of an FRB2 failure, some systems will log additional information into the OEM data byte fields of the SEL entry. This additional data indicates the last POST task that was executed before the FRB2 timer expired. This information may be useful for failure analysis. 6.2 Memory Error Handling The chipset will detect and correct single-bit errors and will detect all double-bit memory errors. The chipset supports 4-bit single device data correction (SDDC) when in dual channel mode. Both single-bit and double-bit memory errors are reported to baseboard management by the BIOS, which handles SMI events generated by the MCH. Memory Error Handling can be enabled or disabled in system BIOS Setup. 6.2.1 Memory Error Handling in RAS Mode The MCH supports the Sparing memory RAS mode. Use BIOS Setup to configure the memory RAS mode. The following table shows memory error handling with the mBMC. Table 59. Memory Error Handling mBMC Memory with RAS mode Sparing mode Server Board SE7320VP2 When sparing occurs: - The BIOS will not report memory RAS configuration to mBMC. - The BIOS will light the faulty DIMM LED. DIMMs that go offline during operating system runtime will be back online on the next system reboot without user intervention. Sparing states are not sticky across system reset. Note: The BIOS does not support the Memory Data Scrubber Error. Revision 2.1 126 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 6.2.2 Error Reporting and Handling Memory Error Handling in non-RAS Mode If the memory RAS feature is not enabled in BIOS Setup, the BIOS will apply the "10 SBE errors in one hour" implementation (memory error logging will be disabled if (10) SBE's occur in one hour). Enabling this implementation and RAS feature are mutually-exclusive and automatically handled by system BIOS. In non-RAS mode, BIOS maintains a counter for Single Bit ECC (SBE) errors. If ten SBE errors occur within an hour, BIOS will disable SBE detection in the chipset to prevent the System Event Log (SEL) from being filled up, and the operating system from being halted. In non-RAS mode, BIOS will assert a Non-Maskable-Interrupt (NMI) on the first double-bit ECC (DBE) error. Table 60. Memory Error Handling in Non-RAS mode Non-RAS mode Single Bit ECC (SBE) errors Server Board SE7320VP2 SBE error events will not be logged. On the 10th SBE error, BIOS will: - Disable SBE detection in chipset. - Light the faulty DIMM LED. Double Bit ECC (DBE) errors On the 1st DBE error, BIOS will: - Log DBE record to the SEL. - Light the faulty DIMM LED. - Generate NMI. 6.2.3 DIMM Enabling Setting the "Memory Retest" option to "Enabled" in BIOS Setup will bring all DIMM(s) back on line regardless of current states. After replacing faulty DIMM(s), the "Memory Retest" option must be set to "Enabled". Note: This step is not required if faulty DIMM(s) is not taken off-line. 6.2.4 Single-bit ECC Error Throttling Prevention The system detects, corrects, and logs correctable errors. As long as these errors occur infrequently, the system should continue to operate without a problem. Occasionally, correctable errors are caused by a persistent failure of a single component. For example, a broken data line on a DIMM would exhibit repeated errors until replaced. Although these errors are correctable, continual calls to the error logger can throttle the system, preventing any further useful work. For this reason, the system counts certain types of correctable errors and disables reporting if they occur too frequently. Correction remains enabled but calls to the error handler are disabled. This allows the system to continue running, despite a persistent correctable failure. The BIOS adds an entry to the event log to indicate that logging for that type of error has been Revision 2.1 127 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 disabled. Such an entry indicates a serious hardware problem that must be repaired at the earliest possible time. The system BIOS implements this feature for two types of errors, correctable memory errors and correctable bus errors. If ten errors occur in a single wall-clock hour, the corresponding error handler disables further reporting of that type of error. A unique counter is used for each type of error; i.e., an overrun of memory errors does not affect bus error reporting. The BIOS re-enables logging and SMIs the next time the system is rebooted. 6.3 Error Logging This section defines how errors are handled by the system BIOS. Also discussed is the role of the BIOS in error handling and the interaction between the BIOS, platform hardware, and server management firmware with regard to error handling. In addition, error-logging techniques are described and beep codes for errors are defined. One of the major requirements of server management is to correctly and consistently handle system errors. System error sources can be categorized as follows: PCI bus Memory multi-bit errors (single-bit errors are not logged) Sensors Processor internal errors, bus/address errors, thermal trip errors, temperatures and voltages, and GTL voltage levels Errors detected during POST, logged as POST errors Sensors are managed by the mBMC. The mBMC is capable of receiving event messages from individual sensors and logging system events 6.3.1 SMI Handler The SMI handler handles and logs system-level events that are not visible to the server management firmware. If SEL error logging is disabled in the BIOS Setup utility, no SMI signals are generated on system errors. If error logging is enabled, the SMI handler preprocesses all system errors, even those that are normally considered to generate an NMI. The SMI handler sends a command to the mBMC to log the event and provides the data to be logged. For example, The BIOS programs the hardware to generate an SMI on a single-bit memory error and logs the location of the failed DIMM in the system event log. 6.3.1.1 PCI Bus Error The PCI bus defines two error pins, PERR# and SERR#, for reporting PCI parity errors and system errors, respectively. The BIOS can be instructed to enable or disable reporting the PERR# and SERR# through NMI. Disabling NMI for PERR# and/or SERR# also disables logging of the corresponding event. In the case of PERR#, the PCI bus master has the option to retry the offending transaction, or to report it using SERR#. All other PCI-related errors are reported by SERR#. All the PCI-to-PCI bridges are configured so that they generate a SERR# Revision 2.1 128 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling on the primary interface whenever there is a SERR# on the secondary side, if SERR# has been enabled through Setup. The same is true for PERR#. 6.3.1.2 Processor Bus Error If the chipset supports ECC on the processor bus then the BIOS enables the error correction and detection capabilities of the processors by setting appropriate bits in the processor model specific register (MSR) and appropriate bits inside the chipset. In the case of irrecoverable errors on the host processor bus, proper execution of the asynchronous error handler (usually SMI) cannot be guaranteed and the handler cannot be relied upon to log such conditions. The handler will record the error to the SEL only if the system has not experienced a catastrophic failure that compromises the integrity of the handler. 6.3.1.3 Memory Bus Error The hardware is programmed to generate an SMI on single-bit data errors in the memory array if ECC memory is installed. The SMI handler records the error and the DIMM location to the system event log. Double-bit errors in the memory array are mapped to the SMI because the mBMC cannot determine the location of the bad DIMM. The double-bit errors may have corrupted the contents of SMRAM. The SMI handler will log the failing DIMM number to the mBMC if the SMRAM contents are still valid. The ability to isolate the failure down to a single DIMM may not be available on certain platforms, and/or during early POST. 6.3.1.4 System Limit Error The mBMC monitors system operational limits. It manages the A/D converter, defining voltage and temperature limits as well as fan sensors and chassis intrusion. Any sensor values outside of specified limits are fully handled by the mBMC. The BIOS does not generate an SMI to the host processor for these types of system events. 6.3.1.5 Processor Failure The BIOS detects any processor BIST failures and logs the event. The failed processor can be identified by the first OEM data byte field in the log. For example, if processor 0 fails, the first OEM data byte will be 0. The BIOS depends upon the mBMC to log the watchdog timer reset event. If an operating system device driver is using the watchdog timer to detect software or hardware failures and that timer expires, an Asynchronous Reset (ASR) is generated, which is equivalent to a hard reset. The POST portion of the BIOS can query the BMC for a watchdog reset event as the system reboots, and then log this event in the SEL. 6.3.1.6 Boot Event The BIOS downloads the system date and time to the mBMC during POST and logs a boot event. This record does not indicate an error, and software that parses the event log should treat it as such. Revision 2.1 129 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling 6.4 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Messages and Error Codes The BIOS indicates the current testing phase during POST by writing a hex code to I/O location 80h. If errors are encountered, error messages or codes will either be displayed to the video screen, or if an error has occurred prior to video initialization, errors will be reported through a series of audio beep codes. 6.4.1 POST Error Messages Table 61. Memory BIOS Messages Message Displayed Gate20 Error Description The BIOS is unable to properly control the server board's Gate A20 function, which controls access of memory over 1 MB. This may indicate a problem with the server board. Multi-Bit ECC Error This message will only occur on systems using ECC enabled memory modules. ECC memory has the ability to correct single-bit errors that may occur from faulty memory modules. A multiple bit corruption of memory has occurred, and the ECC memory algorithm cannot correct it. This may indicate a defective memory module. Parity Error Fatal Memory Parity Error. System halts after displaying this message. Table 62. Boot BIOS Messages Message Displayed Boot Failure ... Description This is a generic message indicating the BIOS could not boot from a particular device. This message is usually followed by other information concerning the device. Invalid Boot Diskette A diskette was found in the drive, but it is not configured as a bootable diskette. Drive Not Ready The BIOS was unable to access the drive because it indicated it was not ready for data transfer. This is often reported by drives when no media is present. A: Drive Error The BIOS attempted to configure the A: drive during POST, but was unable to properly configure the device. This may be due to a bad cable or faulty diskette drive. B: Drive Error The BIOS attempted to configure the B: drive during POST, but was unable to properly configure the device. This may be due to a bad cable or faulty diskette drive. Insert BOOT diskette in A: The BIOS attempted to boot from the A: drive, but could not find a proper boot diskette. Reboot and Select proper Boot device or Insert Boot Media in selected Boot device BIOS could not find a bootable device in the system and/or removable media drive does not contain media. NO ROM BASIC This message occurs on some systems when no bootable device can be detected. Revision 2.1 130 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling Table 63. Storage Device BIOS Messages Message Displayed Primary Master Hard Disk Error Description The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Primary Master could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Primary Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Primary Slave could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Secondary Master Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Secondary Master could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Secondary Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Secondary Slave could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 3rd Master Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 3rd IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 3rd Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 3rd IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 4th Master Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 4th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 4th Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 4th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 5th Master Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 5th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 5th Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 5th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 6th Master Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 6th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 6th Slave Hard Disk Error The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 6th IDE controller could not be properly initialized by the BIOS. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Primary Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Primary Master failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Primary Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Primary Slave failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Secondary Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Secondary Master failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Secondary Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Secondary Slave failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 3rd Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 3rd IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. Revision 2.1 131 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Message Displayed 3rd Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible Description The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 3rd IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 4th Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 4th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 4th Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 4th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 5th Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 5th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 5th Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 5th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 6th Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Master in the 6th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. 6th Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible The IDE/ATAPI device configured as Slave in the 6th IDE controller failed an ATAPI compatibility test. This message is typically displayed when the BIOS is trying to detect and configure IDE/ATAPI devices in POST. S.M.A.R.T. Capable but Command Failed The BIOS tried to send a S.M.A.R.T. message to a hard disk, but the command transaction failed. This message can be reported by an ATAPI device using the S.M.A.R.T. error reporting standard. S.M.A.R.T. failure messages may indicate the need to replace the hard disk. S.M.A.R.T. Command Failed The BIOS tried to send a S.M.A.R.T. message to a hard disk, but the command transaction failed. This message can be reported by an ATAPI device using the S.M.A.R.T. error reporting standard. S.M.A.R.T. failure messages may indicate the need to replace the hard disk. S.M.A.R.T. Status BAD, Backup and Replace A S.M.A.R.T. capable hard disk sends this message when it detects an imminent failure. This message can be reported by an ATAPI device using the S.M.A.R.T. error reporting standard. S.M.A.R.T. failure messages may indicate the need to replace the hard disk. S.M.A.R.T. Capable and Status BAD A S.M.A.R.T. capable hard disk sends this message when it detects an imminent failure. This message can be reported by an ATAPI device using the S.M.A.R.T. error reporting standard. S.M.A.R.T. failure messages may indicate the need to replace the hard disk. Table 64. Virus Related BIOS Messages Message Displayed BootSector Write !! Description The BIOS has detected software attempting to write to a drive's boot sector. This is flagged as possible virus activity. This message will only be displayed if Virus Detection is enabled in AMIBIOS setup. VIRUS: Continue (Y/N)? If the BIOS detects possible virus activity, it will prompt the user. This message will only be displayed if Virus Detection is enabled in AMIBIOS setup. Revision 2.1 132 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling Table 65. System Configuration BIOS Messages Message Displayed DMA-2 Error Description Error initializing secondary DMA controller. This is a fatal error, often indication a problem with system hardware. DMA Controller Error POST error while trying to initialize the DMA controller. This is a fatal error, often indication a problem with system hardware. Checking NVRAM..Update Failed BIOS could not write to the NVRAM block. This message appears when the FLASH part is write-protected or if there is no FLASH part (System uses a PROM or EPROM). Microcode Error BIOS could not find or load the CPU Microcode Update to the CPU. This message only applies to INTEL CPUs. The message is most likely to appear when a brand new CPU is installed in a motherboard with an outdated BIOS. In this case, the BIOS must be updated to include the Microcode Update for the new CPU. NVRAM Checksum Bad, NVRAM Cleared There was an error in while validating the NVRAM data. This causes POST to clear the NVRAM data. Resource Conflict More than one system device is trying to use the same non-shareable resources (Memory or I/O). NVRAM Ignored The NVRAM data used to store Plug'n'Play (PnP) data was not used for system configuration in POST. NVRAM Bad The NVRAM data used to store Plug'n'Play (PnP) data was not used for system configuration in POST due to a data error. Static Resource Conflict Two or more Static Devices are trying to use the same resource space (usually Memory or I/O). PCI I/O conflict A PCI adapter generated an I/O resource conflict when configured by BIOS POST. PCI ROM conflict A PCI adapter generated an I/O resource conflict when configured by BIOS POST. PCI IRQ conflict A PCI adapter generated an I/O resource conflict when configured by BIOS POST. PCI IRQ routing table error BIOS POST (DIM code) found a PCI device in the system but was unable to figure out how to route an IRQ to the device. Usually this error is causing by an incomplete description of the PCI Interrupt Routing of the system. Timer Error Indicates an error while programming the count register of channel 2 of the 8254 timer. This may indicate a problem with system hardware. Interrupt Controller-1 error BIOS POST could not initialize the Master Interrupt Controller. This may indicate a problem with system hardware. Interrupt Controller-2 error BIOS POST could not initialize the Slave Interrupt Controller. This may indicate a problem with system hardware. Table 66. CMOS BIOS Messages Message Displayed CMOS Date/Time Not Set Description The CMOS Date and/or Time are invalid. This error can be resolved by readjusting the system time in AMIBIOS Setup. CMOS Battery Low CMOS Battery is low. This message usually indicates that the CMOS battery needs to be replaced. It could also appear when the user intentionally discharges the CMOS battery. CMOS Settings Wrong CMOS settings are invalid. This error can be resolved by using AMIBIOS Setup. CMOS Checksum Bad CMOS contents failed the Checksum check. Indicates that the CMOS data has been changed by a program other than the BIOS or that the CMOS is not retaining its data due to malfunction. This error can typically be resolved by using AMIBIOS Setup. Revision 2.1 133 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 67. Miscellaneous BIOS Messages Message Displayed Keyboard Error Description Keyboard is not present or the hardware is not responding when the keyboard controller is initialized. PS2 Keyboard not found PS2 Keyboard support is enabled in the BIOS setup but the device is not detected. PS2 Mouse not found PS2 Mouse support is enabled in the BIOS setup but the device is not detected. Keyboard/Interface Error Keyboard Controller failure. This may indicate a problem with system hardware. Unlock Keyboard PS2 keyboard is locked. User needs to unlock the keyboard to continue the BIOS POST. System Halted The system has been halted. A reset or power cycle is required to reboot the machine. This message appears after a fatal error has been detected. Table 68. USB BIOS Error Messages Message Displayed Warning! Unsupported USB device found and disabled! Description This message is displayed when a non-bootable USB device is enumerated and disabled by the BIOS. Warning! Port 60h/64h emulation is not supported by this USB Host Controller! This message is displayed to indicate that port 60h/64h emulation mode cannot be enabled for this USB host controller. This condition occurs if USB KBC emulation option is set for non-SMI mode. Warning! EHCI controller disabled. It requires 64bit data support in the BIOS. This message is displayed to indicate that EHCI controller is disabled because of incorrect data structure. This condition will occur if the USB host controller needs 64-bit data structure while the USB is ported with 32-bit data structure. Table 69. SMBIOS BIOS Error Messages Message Displayed Not enough space in Runtime area!!. SMBIOS data will not be available. 6.4.2 Description This message is displayed when the size of the SMBIOS data exceeds the available SMBIOS runtime storage size. POST Error Codes During POST and after the video has been initialized, the BIOS outputs the current boot progress codes on the video screen. Progress codes are 32-bit quantities plus optional data. The 32- bit numbers include class, subclass, and operation information. Class and subclass point to the type of the hardware that is being initialized. Operation represents the specific initialization activity. Based on the data bit availability to display the progress code, a progress code can be customized to fit the data width. The higher the data bit, higher the granularity of allowable information. Progress codes may be reported by system BIOS or option ROMs. Revision 2.1 134 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling The response section in the following table is divided into three types: Warning: The message is displayed on screen and the error is logged to the SEL. The system will continue booting with a degraded state. Pause: The message is displayed on the screen and the boot process is paused until the appropriate input is given to either continue the boot process or take corrective action. Halt: The message is displayed on the screen, an error is logged to the SEL, and the system cannot boot unless the error is corrected. The error codes are defined by Intel and whenever possible are backward compatible with error codes used on earlier platforms. All POST error codes are logged in the System Event Log. Table 70. Error Codes and Messages Error Code 0000 Timer Error Error Message Response Pause 0003 CMOS Battery Low Pause 0004 CMOS Settings Wrong Pause 0005 CMOS Checksum Bad Pause 0008 Unlock Keyboard Halt 0009 PS2 Keyboard not found Not an error 000A KBC BAT Test failed Halt 000B CMOS memory size different Pause 000C RAM R/W test failed Pause 000E A: Drive Error Pause 000F B: Drive Error Pause 0010 Floppy Controller Failure Pause 0012 CMOS time not set Pause 0014 PS2 Mouse not found Not an error 0040 Refresh timer test failed Halt 0041 Display memory test failed Pause 0042 CMOS Display Type Wrong Pause 0043 ~<INS> Pressed Pause 0044 DMA Controller Error Halt 0045 DMA-1 Error Halt 0046 DMA-2 Error Halt 0047 Unknown BIOS error. Error code = 147 (this is really a PMM_MEM_ALLOC_ERR) Halt 0048 Password check failed Halt 0049 Unknown BIOS error. Error code = 149 (this is really SEGMENT_REG_ERR) Halt 004A Unknown BIOS error. Error code = 14A (this is really ADM_MODULE_ERR) Pause 004B Unknown BIOS error. Error code = 14B (this is really LANGUAGE_MODULE_ERR) Pause 004C Keyboard/Interface Error Pause 004D Primary Master Hard Disk Error Pause Revision 2.1 135 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Code 004E Primary Slave Hard Disk Error Error Message Response Pause 004F Secondary Master Hard Disk Error Pause 0050 Secondary Slave Hard Disk Error Pause 0055 Primary Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible Pause 0056 Primary Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible Pause 0057 Secondary Master Drive - ATAPI Incompatible Pause 0058 Secondary Slave Drive - ATAPI Incompatible Pause 0059 Third Master Device Error Pause 005B Fourth Master Device Error Pause 005D S.M.A.R.T. Status BAD, Backup and Replace Pause 005E Password check failed Pause 0120 Thermal Trip Failure Pause 0146 Insufficient Memory to Shadow PCI ROM Pause 0150 BSP Processor failed BIST Pause 0160 Processor missing microcode - P0 Pause 0161 Processor missing microcode - P1 Pause 0180 BIOS does not support current stepping - P0 Pause 0181 BIOS does not support current stepping - P1 Pause 0192 L2 cache size mismatch Pause 0193 CPUID, Processor stepping are different Pause 0194 CPUID, Processor family are different Pause 0195 Front side bus mismatch. Pause 0196 CPUID, Processor Model are different Pause 0197 Processor speeds mismatched Pause 5120 CMOS Cleared By Jumper Pause 5121 Password cleared by jumper Pause 5122 CMOS Cleared By BMC Request Pause 8104 Warning! Port 60h/64h emulation is not supported by this USB Host Controller !!! Warning 8105 Warning! EHCI controller disabled. It requires 64bit data support in the BIOS. Warning 8110 Processor 01 Internal error (IERR) Warning 8111 Processor 02 Internal error (IERR) Warning 8120 Processor 01 Thermal Trip error Warning 8121 Processor 02 Thermal Trip error Warning 8130 Processor 01 disabled Warning 8131 Processor 02 disabled Warning 8140 Processor 01 failed FRB-3 timer Warning 8141 Processor 02 failed FRB-3 timer Warning 8150 Processor 01 failed initialization on last boot. Warning 8151 Processor 02 failed initialization on last boot. Warning 8160 Processor 01 unable to apply BIOS update Pause 8161 Processor 02 unable to apply BIOS update Pause 8170 Processor 01 failed BIST Pause 8171 Processor 02 failed BIST Pause 8180 BIOS does not support current stepping for Processor 1 Pause Revision 2.1 136 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling Error Code 8181 Error Message BIOS does not support current stepping for Processor 2 Response Pause 8190 Watchdog timer failed on last boot Warning 8198 OS boot watchdog timer failure Pause 8300 BaseBoard Management Controller failed Self Test Pause 8301 Not enough space in Runtime area!!. SMBIOS data will not be available. Pause 8305 Primary Hot swap Controller failed to function Pause 84F1 BIST failed for all available processors Halt 84F2 BaseBoard Management Controller failed to respond Pause 84F3 BaseBoard Management Controller in Update Mode Pause 84F4 Sensor Data Record Empty Pause 84FF System Event Log Full Warning 8500 Bad or missing memory in slot 3A Pause 8501 Bad or missing memory in slot 2A Pause 8502 Bad or missing memory in slot 1A Pause 8504 Bad or missing memory in slot 3B Pause 8505 Bad or missing memory in slot 2B Pause 8506 Bad or missing memory in slot 1B Pause 8600 Primary and Secondary BIOS ID's don't match. Pause 8601 Override Jumper is set to force boot from lower bank of flash ROM. Pause 8602 WatchDog Timer Expired(Secondary BIOS maybe bad!). Pause 8603 Secondary BIOS CheckSum fail. Pause 6.4.3 BIOS Generated POST Error Beep Codes The following table lists POST error beep codes. Prior to system video initialization, the BIOS uses these beep codes to communicate error conditions. Table 71. BIOS Generated Beep Codes Number of Beeps 1 Description Memory refresh timer error 2 Parity error in base memory (first 64KB block) 3 Base memory read / write test error 4 Motherboard timer not operational 5 Processor error 6 8042 Gate A20 test error (cannot switch to protected mode) 7 General exception error (processor exception error) 8 Display memory error (system video adapter) 9 ROM checksum error 10 CMOS shutdown register read/write error 11 Cache memory test failed Revision 2.1 137 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 72. Troubleshooting BIOS Beep Codes Number of Beeps 1, 2 or 3 Troubleshooting Action Reseat the memory, or replace with known good modules. 4-7, 9-11 Fatal error indicating a serious problem with the system. Consult your system manufacturer. Before declaring the motherboard beyond all hope, eliminate the possibility of interference by a malfunctioning add-in card. Remove all expansion cards except the video adapter. If the beep codes are generated even when all other expansion cards are absent, the motherboard has a serious problem. Consult your system manufacturer. If the beep codes are not generated when all other expansion cards are absent, one of the addin cards is causing the malfunction. Insert the cards back into the system one at a time until the problem happens again. This will reveal the malfunctioning add-in card. 8 If the system video adapter is an add-in card, replace or reseat the video adapter. If the video adapter is an integrated part of the system board, the board may be faulty. 6.4.4 Boot Block Error Beep Codes The following table defines beep codes that may occur if a failure occurs while performing a BIOS Boot Block Update. Table 73. Boot Block Error Beep Codes Number of Beeps 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 long beep Description Insert diskette in floppy drive A: `AMIBOOT.ROM' file not found in root directory of diskette in A: Base Memory error Flash Programming successful Floppy read error Keyboard controller BAT command failed No Flash EPROM detected Floppy controller failure Boot Block BIOS checksum error Flash Erase error Flash Program error `AMIBOOT.ROM' file size error BIOS ROM image mismatch (file layout does not match image present in flash device) Insert diskette with AMIBOOT.001 File for Multi-Disk Recovery Revision 2.1 138 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 6.5 Error Reporting and Handling Checkpoints 6.5.1 System ROM BIOS POST Task Test Point (Port 80h Code) The BIOS sends a 1-byte hex code to port 80 before each task. The port 80 codes provide a troubleshooting method in the event of a system hang during POST. Table 73 provides a list of the Port 80 codes and the corresponding task description. 6.5.2 Diagnostic LEDs All port 80 codes are displayed using the Diagnostic LEDs found on the back edge of the baseboard. The diagnostic LED feature consists of a hardware decoder and four dual color LEDs. During POST, the LEDs will display all normal POST codes representing the progress of the BIOS POST. Each code will be represented by a combination of colors from the four LEDs. The LEDs are capable of displaying three colors: Green, Red, and Amber. The POST codes are divided into two nibbles, an upper nibble and a lower nibble. Each bit in the upper nibble is represented by a Red LED and each bit in the lower nibble is represented by a green LED. If both bits are set in the upper and lower nibbles then both Red and Green LEDs are lit, resulting in an Amber color. If both bits are clear, then the LED is off. In the below example, BIOS sends a value of ACh to the Diagnostic LED decoder. The LEDs are decoded as follows: Red bits = 1010b = Ah Green bits = 1100b = Ch Since the red bits correspond to the upper nibble and the green bits correspond to the lower nibble, the two are concatenated to be ACh. Table 74. POST Progress Code LED Example LEDs Ach 1 Red Result Amber Green 1 Red 0 Green Green 1 Red 1 Red MSB Green 0 Red 0 Green 0 Off LSB Revision 2.1 139 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Diagnostic LEDs MSB LSB Back edge of baseboard Figure 17. Location of Diagnostic LEDs on Baseboard 6.5.3 POST Code Checkpoints Table 75. POST Code Checkpoints Checkpoint 03 Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB OFF OFF G G 04 OFF G OFF OFF 05 OFF G OFF G Description Disable NMI, parity, video for EGA, and DMA controllers. Initialize BIOS, POST, Run-time data area. Initialize BIOS modules on POST entry and GPNV area. Initialized CMOS as mentioned in the Kernel Variable "wCMOSFlags." Check CMOS diagnostic byte to determine if battery power is OK and CMOS checksum is OK. Verify CMOS checksum manually by reading storage area. If the CMOS checksum is bad, update CMOS with power-on default values and clear passwords. Initialize status register A. Initializes data variables that are based on CMOS setup questions. Initializes both the 8259 compatible PICs in the system Initializes the interrupt controlling hardware (generally PIC) and interrupt vector table. 06 OFF G G OFF Do R/W test to CH-2 count reg. Initialize CH-0 as system timer. Install the POSTINT1Ch handler. Enable IRQ-0 in PIC for system timer interrupt. Traps INT1Ch vector to "POSTINT1ChHandlerBlock." 08 G OFF OFF OFF Initializes the CPU. The BAT test is being done on KBC. Program the keyboard controller command byte is being done after Auto detection of KB/MS using AMI KB-5. C0 R R OFF OFF Early CPU Init Start -- Disable Cache - Init Local APIC C1 R R OFF G C2 R R G OFF C5 R A OFF G C6 R A G OFF C7 R A G G 0A G OFF G OFF 0B G OFF G G 0C G G OFF OFF Set up boot strap processor Information Set up boot strap processor for POST Enumerate and set up application processors Re-enable cache for boot strap processor Early CPU Init Exit Initializes the 8042 compatible Key Board Controller. Detects the presence of PS/2 mouse. Detects the presence of Keyboard in KBC port. Revision 2.1 140 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Checkpoint 0E Error Reporting and Handling Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB G G G OFF 13 OFF OFF G A 24 OFF G R OFF 30 OFF OFF R R Description Testing and initialization of different Input Devices. Also, update the Kernel Variables. Traps the INT09h vector, so that the POST INT09h handler gets control for IRQ1. Uncompress all available language, BIOS logo, and Silent logo modules. Early POST initialization of chipset registers. Uncompress and initialize any platform specific BIOS modules. Initialize System Management Interrupt. 2A G OFF A OFF Initializes different devices through DIM. See DIM Code Checkpoints section of document for more information. 2C G G R OFF Initializes different devices. Detects and initializes the video adapter installed in the system that have optional ROMs. 2E G G A OFF Initializes all the output devices. 31 OFF OFF R A Allocate memory for ADM module and uncompress it. Give control to ADM module for initialization. Initialize language and font modules for ADM. Activate ADM module. 33 OFF OFF A A Initializes the silent boot module. Set the window for displaying text information. 37 OFF G A A Displaying sign-on message, CPU information, setup key message, and any OEM specific information. 38 G OFF R R Initializes different devices through DIM. See DIM Code Checkpoints section of document for more information. 39 G OFF R A Initializes DMAC-1 and DMAC-2. 3A G OFF A R Initialize RTC date/time. 3B G OFF R A Test for total memory installed in the system. Also, Check for DEL or ESC keys to limit memory test. Display total memory in the system. 3C G G R R Mid POST initialization of chipset registers. Detect different devices (Parallel ports, serial ports, and coprocessor in CPU, ... etc.) successfully installed in the system and update the BDA, EBDA...etc. 40 OFF R OFF OFF 50 OFF R OFF R Programming the memory hole or any kind of implementation that needs an adjustment in system RAM size if needed. 52 OFF R G R Updates CMOS memory size from memory found in memory test. Allocates memory for Extended BIOS Data Area from base memory. 60 OFF R R OFF Initializes NUM-LOCK status and programs the KBD typematic rate. 75 OFF A R A Initialize Int-13 and prepare for IPL detection. 78 G R R R Initializes IPL devices controlled by BIOS and option ROMs. 7A G R A R Initializes remaining option ROMs. 7C G A R R Generate and write contents of ESCD in NVRam. 84 R G OFF OFF 85 R G OFF G Display errors to the user and gets the user response for error. 87 R G G G Execute BIOS setup if needed / requested. 8C A G OFF OFF Late POST initialization of chipset registers. 8D A G OFF G 8E A G G OFF 90 R OFF OFF R A0 R OFF R OFF Log errors encountered during POST. Build ACPI tables (if ACPI is supported) Program the peripheral parameters. Enable/Disable NMI as selected Late POST initialization of system management interrupt. Check boot password if installed. Revision 2.1 141 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Checkpoint A1 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB R OFF R G Description Clean-up work needed before booting to operating system. A2 R OFF A OFF Takes care of runtime image preparation for different BIOS modules. Fill the free area in F000h segment with 0FFh. Initializes the Microsoft IRQ Routing Table. Prepares the runtime language module. Disables the system configuration display if needed. A4 R G R OFF Initialize runtime language module. A7 R G A G Displays the system configuration screen if enabled. Initialize the CPU's before boot, which includes the programming of the MTRR's. A8 A OFF R OFF Prepare CPU for operating system boot including final MTRR values. A9 A OFF R G AA A OFF A OFF AB A OFF A G AC A G R OFF B1 R OFF R A 00 OFF OFF OFF OFF 6.5.4 Wait for user input at config display if needed. Uninstall POST INT1Ch vector and INT09h vector. Deinitializes the ADM module. Prepare BBS for Int 19 boot. End of POST initialization of chipset registers. Save system context for ACPI. Passes control to OS Loader (typically INT19h). Bootblock Initialization Code Checkpoints The Bootblock initialization code sets up the chipset, memory and other components before system memory is available. The following table describes the type of checkpoints that may occur during the bootblock initialization portion of the BIOS: Table 76. Bootblock Initialization Code Checkpoints Checkpoint Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB Description Early chipset initialization is done. Early super I/O initialization is done including RTC and keyboard controller. NMI is disabled. Before D1 D1 R R OFF A Perform keyboard controller BAT test. Check if waking up from power management suspend state. Save power-on CPUID value in scratch CMOS. D0 R R OFF R Go to flat mode with 4GB limit and GA20 enabled. Verify the bootblock checksum. D2 R R G R Disable CACHE before memory detection. Execute full memory sizing module. Verify that flat mode is enabled. D3 R R G A If memory sizing module not executed, start memory refresh and do memory sizing in Bootblock code. Do additional chipset initialization. Re-enable CACHE. Verify that flat mode is enabled. D4 R A OFF R Test base 512KB memory. Adjust policies and cache first 8MB. Set stack. D5 R A OFF A Bootblock code is copied from ROM to lower system memory and control is given to it. BIOS now executes out of RAM. Revision 2.1 142 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Error Reporting and Handling Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB Checkpoint Description D6 R A G R Both key sequence and OEM specific method is checked to determine if BIOS recovery is forced. Main BIOS checksum is tested. If BIOS recovery is necessary, control flows to checkpoint E0. See Bootblock Recovery Code Checkpoints section of document for more information. D7 R A G A Restore CPUID value back into register. The Bootblock-Runtime interface module is moved to system memory and control is given to it. Determine whether to execute serial flash. D8 A R OFF R The Runtime module is uncompressed into memory. CPUID information is stored in memory. D9 A R OFF A Store the Uncompressed pointer for future use in PMM. Copying Main BIOS into memory. Leaves all RAM below 1MB Read-Write including E000 and F000 shadow areas but closing SMRAM. DA A R G R Restore CPUID value back into register. Give control to BIOS POST (ExecutePOSTKernel). See POST Code Checkpoints section of document for more information. 6.5.5 Bootblock Recovery Code Checkpoint The Bootblock recovery code gets control when the BIOS determines that a BIOS recovery needs to occur because the user has forced the update or the BIOS checksum is corrupt. The following table describes the type of checkpoints that may occur during the Bootblock recovery portion of the BIOS: Table 77. Bootblock Recovery Code Checkpoint Checkpoint Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB Description Initialize the floppy controller in the super I/O. Some interrupt vectors are initialized. DMA controller is initialized. 8259 interrupt controller is initialized. L1 cache is enabled. E0 R R R OFF E9 A R R G EA A R A OFF EB A R A G Disable ATAPI hardware. Jump back to checkpoint E9. Set up floppy controller and data. Attempt to read from floppy. Determine information about root directory of recovery media. Enable ATAPI hardware. Attempt to read from ARMD and ATAPI CDROM. Determine information about root directory of recovery media. EF A A A G Read error occurred on media. Jump back to checkpoint EB. F0 R R R R Search for pre-defined recovery file name in root directory. F1 R R R A Recovery file not found. F2 R R A R Start reading FAT table and analyze FAT to find the clusters occupied by the recovery file. F3 R R A A Start reading the recovery file cluster by cluster. F5 R A R A Disable L1 cache. FA A R A R Check the validity of the recovery file configuration to the current configuration of the flash part. Revision 2.1 143 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Diagnostic LED Decoder G=Green, R=Red, A=Amber MSB LSB Checkpoint A F4 R A R R The recovery file size does not equal the found flash part size. FC A A R R Erase the flash part. FD A A R A Program the flash part. A The flash has been updated successfully. Make flash write disabled. Disable ATAPI hardware. Restore CPUID value back into register. Give control to F000 ROM at F000:FFF0h. 6.5.6 A A A A A Make flash write enabled through chipset and OEM specific method. Detect proper flash part. Verify that the found flash part size equals the recovery file size. FB FF R Description DIM Code Checkpoints The Device Initialization Manager (DIM) module gets control at various times during BIOS POST to initialize different Buses. The following table describes the main checkpoints where the DIM module is accessed: Table 78. DIM Code Checkpoints Checkpoint 2A Description Initialize different buses and perform the following functions: Reset, Detect, and Disable (function 0). Function 0 disables all device nodes, PCI devices, and PnP ISA cards. It also assigns PCI bus numbers. Static Device Initialization (function 1). Function 1 initializes all static devices that include manual configured onboard peripherals, memory and I/O decode windows in PCI-PCI bridges, and noncompliant PCI devices. Static resources are also reserved. Boot Output Device Initialization (function 2). Function 2 searches for and initializes any PnP, PCI, or AGP video devices. 38 Initialize different buses and perform the following functions: Boot Input Device Initialization (function 3). Function 3 searches for and configures PCI input devices and detects if system has standard keyboard controller. IPL Device Initialization (function 4). Function 4 searches for and configures all PnP and PCI boot devices. General Device Initialization (function 5). Function 5 configures all onboard peripherals that are set to an automatic configuration and configures all remaining PnP and PCI devices. Revision 2.1 144 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 6.5.7 Error Reporting and Handling ACPI Runtime Checkpoints ACPI checkpoints are displayed when an ACPI capable operating system either enters or leaves a sleep state. The following table describes the type of checkpoints that may occur during ACPI sleep or wake events: Table 79. ACPI Runtime Checkpoints Checkpoint 6.5.8 AC Description First ASL check point. Indicates the system is running in ACPI mode. AA System is running in APIC mode. 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 Entering sleep state S1, S2, S3, S4, or S5. 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 Waking from sleep state S1, S2, S3, S4, or S5. Memory Error Codes Table 80. Memory Error Codes Tpoint 001h Description MEM_ERR_CHANNEL_B_OFF (DIMM mismatch forced Channel B disabled) 002h MEM_ERR_CK_PAIR_OFF (Slow DIMM(s) forced clock pair disabled) 0E1h MEM_ERR_NO_DEVICE (No memory installed) 0E2h MEM_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH 0E3h MEM_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_DIMM (Unsupported DIMM type) 0E4h MEM_ERR_CHL_MISMATCH 0E5h MEM_ERR_SIZE_MISMATCH 0E6h MEM_ERR_ECC_MISMATCH 0E8h MEM_ERR_ROW_ADDR_BITS 0E9h MEM_ERR_INTERNAL_BANKS 0EAh MEM_ERR_TIMING 0EBh MEM_ERR_INST_ORDER_ERR 0ECh MEM_ERR_NONREG_MIX 0EDh MEM_ERR_LATENCY 0EEh MEM_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED 0EFh MEM_ERR_CONFIG_NOT_SUPPORTED 0F0h SYS_FREQ_ERR (Flag for Unsupported System Bus Freq) 0F1h DIMM_ERR_CFG_MIX (Usupported DIMM mix) Revision 2.1 145 Intel order number C91056-002 Error Reporting and Handling Tpoint 0F2h 6.6 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Description DQS_FAILURE (indicates DQS failure) 0F3h MEM_ERR_MEM_TEST_FAILURE (Error code for unsuccessful Memory Test) 0F4h MEM_ERR_ECC_INIT_FAILURE (Error code for unsuccessful ECC and Memory Initialization) Light Guided Diagnostics The baseboard provides system fault/status LEDs in several areas of the board. There are fault LEDs for each DIMM slot, and status LEDs for 5V stand-by and system state. DIMM fault LEDs are lit by BIOS whenever BIOS disables a specific DIMM. The 5V stand-by LED is always lit when 5-volt stand-by is present. The System Status LED displays the state of the system. It mirrors the state of the Standard Control Panel Status LED. Valid states include: solid green, blinking green, blinking amber, solid amber, and off Revision 2.1 146 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7. Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.1 Power Connectors The main power supply connection is obtained using a SSI Compliant 2x12 pin connector (J3K6). In addition, there are two additional power related connectors; one SSI compliant 2x4 pin power connector (J4J1) providing support for additional 12V, one SSI compliant 1x5 pin connector (J1G2) providing I2C monitoring of the power supply. The following tables define their pinouts. Table 81. Power Connector (J3K6) Pinout 1 Pin Signal +3.3Vdc Color Orange 13 Pin Signal +3.3Vdc Color Orange 2 +3.3Vdc Orange 14 -12Vdc Blue 3 GND Black 15 GND Black 4 +5Vdc Red 16 PS_ON# Green 5 GND Black 17 GND Black 6 +5Vdc Red 18 GND Black 7 GND Black 19 GND Black 8 PWR_OK Gray 20 RSVD_(-5V) White 9 5VSB Purple 21 +5Vdc Red 10 +12Vdc Yellow 22 +5Vdc Red 11 +12Vdc Yellow 23 +5Vdc Red 12 +3.3Vdc Orange 24 GND Black Table 82. 12V Power Connector (J4J1) 1 Pin Signal GND Black Color 2 GND Black 3 GND Black 4 GND Black 5 +12Vdc Yellow 6 +12Vdc Yellow 7 +12Vdc Yellow 8 +12Vdc Yellow Revision 2.1 147 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Table 83. Power Supply Signal Connector (J1G2) 7.2 Pin 1 Signal 5VSB_SCL Color Orange 2 5VSB_SDA Black 3 PS_ALTER_L, Not used Red 4 3.3V SENSE- Yellow 5 3.3V SENSE+ Green Riser Slots The baseboard provides one riser slot providing both PCI-X and PCI Express signals to a riser card capable of supporting full-height add-in cards. The baseboard also provides one riser slot providing PCI-X signals to a riser card capable of supporting low-profile add-in cards. The following table shows the pinout for these riser slots. 7.2.1 Low-profile PCI-X Riser Slot The low-profile riser slot (J5F1) pin assignments are shown below. On a given riser card, the PCI add-in slot closest to the baseboard will always have device ID 17. On a three-slot riser card the middle PCI add-in slot (not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2) will have device ID 18, and the top slot (not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2) will have device ID 19. The interrupts on the PCI add-in slots should be rotated following the PCI bridge specification 1.0. To prevent anyone from putting a PCI add-in card directly into the riser slot, the connector has been pinned out so that Pin 1 is furthest from the board edge. Side B should be closest to the memory DIMMs. Table 84. Low-profile Riser Slot (J5F1) Pinout PinPCI Spec Side Signal B 101 -12V Description PinSide A 101 PCI Spec Signal Description RSVD 100 RSVD 100 +12V 99 GND 99 RSVD 98 RSVD 98 +5V 97 +5V 97 +5V 96 +5V 96 INTA# This pin will be connected on the 2U riser to INT_A# of the bottom PCI slot (not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2), INT_D# of the middle slot and INT_C# of the top slot (not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2). 95 INTB# 95 INTC# This pin will be used by 1U/2U riser to bring the INT_C# interrupt on the bottom PCI slot down to the baseboard. This pin will be connected on the 2U riser to INT_B# of the bottom PCI slot, INT_A# of the middle slot (not supported on Revision 2.1 148 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 PinSide B PCI Spec Signal Connectors and Jumper Blocks Description PinSide A PCI Spec Signal Description the Server Board SE7320VP2)and INT_D# of the top slot (not supported on the Server Board SE7320VP2). 94 INTD# 93 +5V 92 GND 91 CLK3 90 GND 89 CLK2 88 GND 87 REQ2# 86 GND This pin will be used by 1U/2U riser to bring the INT_D# interrupt on the bottom PCI slot down to the baseboard. Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) Middle PCI Slot (SLOT2) Middle PCI Slot (SLOT2) 94 +5V 93 GND 92 REQ3# 91 GND 90 GNT3# Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) 89 +5V Was GND 88 RSVD 87 +5V 86 LECC4 85 LECC5 85 GND 84 GND 84 LECC3 83 +3.3V 83 GNT2# 82 LECC2 82 3.3VAUX 81 GND 80 CLK1 Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) Was GND Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 3 slots at 375ma 81 RST# Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) 80 +3.3V Was VIO 3.3V or 1.5V Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) 79 GND 79 GNT1# 78 REQ1# Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) 78 GND 77 +3.3V Was 3.3V or 1.5V 77 PME# 76 AD[31] 76 AD[30] 75 AD[29] 75 +3.3V 74 GND 74 AD[28] 73 AD[27] 73 AD[26] 72 AD[25] 72 GND 71 +3.3V 71 AD[24] 70 C/BE[3]# 70 RSVD 69 AD[23] 69 +3.3V 68 GND 68 AD[22] 67 AD[21] 67 AD[20] 66 AD[19] 66 GND 65 +3.3V 65 AD[18] 64 AD[17] 64 AD[16] 63 C/BE[2]# 63 +3.3V 62 GND 62 FRAME# 61 IRDY# 61 GND Lower slot IDSEL=AD17 Middle Slot=AD18, Top slot=AD19 KEYWAY KEYWAY KEYWAY KEYWAY Revision 2.1 149 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks PinPCI Spec Side Signal B 60 +3.3V Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Description PinSide A 60 PCI Spec Signal Description TRDY# 59 DEVSEL# 59 GND 58 PCI-XCAP 58 STOP# 57 LOCK# 57 +3.3V 56 PERR# 56 SMBD Daisy chain to all slots 55 +3.3V 55 SMBCLK Daisy chain to all slots 54 SERR# 54 GND 53 +3.3V 53 PAR /ECC0 52 C/BE[1]# 52 AD[15] 51 AD[14] 51 +3.3V 50 GND 50 AD[13] 49 AD[12] 49 AD[11] 47 AD[10] 47 GND 47 M66EN 47 AD[09] 46 Mode 2 46 C/BE[0]# 45 GND 45 +3.3V 44 AD[08] 44 +3.3V 43 AD[07] 43 +3.3V 42 +3.3V 42 AD[06] 41 AD[05] 41 AD[04] 40 AD[03] 40 GND 39 GND 39 AD[02] 38 AD[00] 37 +3.3V 38 AD[01] 37 +3.3V 36 ACK64# /ECC1 36 REQ64# /ECC6 35 +5V 35 +5V 34 +5V 34 +5V 33 RSVD 33 GND 32 GND 32 C/BE[7]# 31 C/BE[6]# 31 C/BE[5]# Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 30 C/BE4# 30 V (I/O) 29 GND 29 PAR64 /ECC7 28 AD[63] 28 AD[62] 27 GND 26 AD[60] 27 AD[61] 26 V (I/O) 3.3V or 1.5V 25 AD[59] 25 AD[58] 24 AD[57] 24 GND 23 GND 23 AD[56] 22 AD[55] 22 AD[54] 21 AD[53] 21 V (I/O) 20 GND 20 AD[52] Was GND Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 3.3V or 1.5V 3.3V or 1.5V Revision 2.1 150 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 PinPCI Spec Side Signal B 19 AD[51] 18 AD[49] 17 V (I/O) Connectors and Jumper Blocks Description 3.3V or 1.5V PinSide A PCI Spec Signal 19 AD[50] 18 GND 17 AD[48] 16 AD[47] 16 AD[46] 15 AD[45] 15 GND 14 GND 14 AD[44] 13 AD[43] 13 AD[42] 12 AD[41] 12 V (I/O) KEYWAY 3.3V or 1.5V KEYWAY KEYWAY 11 Description KEYWAY GND 11 AD[40] 10 AD[39] 10 AD[38] 9 AD[37] 9 GND 8 V (I/O) 8 AD[36] 7 AD[35] 7 AD[34] 6 AD[33] 6 GND 5 GND 5 AD[32] 3.3V or 1.5V 4 4 3 PRSNT_N 2 GND 1 Size 0=Riser Present 3 GND 2 0=1U, 1= 2U 1 GND 5V = 12 = 12 or 6 amps 3 slots needs 6 amps for (3) 10W boards 3.3V= 19 = 19 or 9.5 amps 3 slots needs 9 amps for (3) 10W boards 202-pin connector length = 139.45mm=5.49" Full-height PCI-X, Intel(R) Adaptive Slot 7.2.2 The full-height / full-length PCI-X riser slot (J4F1) is implemented using a 280-pin PCI Express style connector with the following pinout. The lowest slot will always have device ID of 17 and on a three-slot riser the device ID will increment. In other words, the middle slot will have device ID 18 and top slot will have device ID 19. The interrupts on the PCI slots should be rotated following the PCI bridge specification 1.0. Table 85. Full-height Riser Slot (J4F1) Pinout Pin-Side B PCI Spec Signal Description Pin-Side A PCI Spec Signal 140 12V 140 12V 139 12V 139 12V 138 Ground 138 GND 137 -12V 137 3.3VAux 136 12V 136 Wake# 135 GND 135 12V Revision 2.1 Description 375ma per slot and 3 slots Two slots = 4 amps 151 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Pin-Side B PCI Spec Signal Description Pin-Side A PCI Spec Signal 134 REFCLK2 + 134 3.3V 133 REFCLK2 + 133 PERST_N 132 GND 132 GND 131 GND 131 REFCLK1 + 130 HSOp(0) 130 REFCLK1 + 129 HSOn(0) 129 GND 128 GND 128 HSIp(0) 127 GND 127 HSIn(0) 126 HSOp(1) 126 GND 125 HSOn(1) 125 GND 124 GND 124 HSIp(1) 123 GND 123 HSIn(1) 122 HSOp(2) 122 GND 121 HSOn(2) 121 GND 120 GND 120 HSIp(2) 119 GND 119 HSIn(2) 118 HSOp(3) 118 GND 117 HSOn(3) 117 GND 116 GND 116 HSIp(3) 115 GND 115 HSIn(3) 114 HSOp(4) 114 GND 113 HSOn(4) 113 GND 112 GND 112 HSIp(4) 111 GND 111 HSIn(4) 110 HSOp(5) 110 GND 109 HSOn(6) 109 GND 108 GND 108 HSIp(5) 107 GND 107 HSIn(5) 106 HSOp(6) 106 GND 105 HSOn(6) 105 GND 104 GND 104 HSIp(6) 103 GND 103 HSIn(6) 102 HSOp(7) 102 GND 101 HSOn(7) 101 GND 100 GND 100 HSIp(7) 99 +5V 98 INTB# 99 This pin will be connected on 98 the 2U riser to INT_B# of the bottom PCI slot, INT_A# of the middle slot and INT_D# of the top slot. Description 1 amp per pin HSIn(7) GND Revision 2.1 152 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Pin-Side B PCI Spec Signal 97 INTD# 96 +5V 95 Reserved 94 +5V 93 IOP INTA SCSI Interrupt A to ZCR. This 93 pin will be used by 1U/2U riser to bring the INT_C# interrupt on the bottom PCI slot down to the baseboard, Not used +5V 92 IOP INTB SCSI Interrupt B to ZCR. This 92 pin will be used by 1U/2U riser to bring the INT_D# interrupt on the bottom PCI slot down to the baseboard, Not used INTA# This pin will be connected on the 2U riser to INT_A# of the bottom PCI slot, INT_D# of the middle slot and INT_C# of the top slot. 91 GND 91 INTC# This pin will be used by 2U riser to bring the INT_A# interrupt from the top and INT_B# from the middle PCI slot down to the baseboard. 90 CLK3 Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) 90 GND 89 GND 89 REQ3# 88 CLK2 Middle PCI Slot (SLOT2) 88 GND 87 GNT3# 86 GND 87 GND 86 REQ2# Description This pin will be used by 2U riser to bring the INT_B# interrupt from the top and INT_C# from the middle PCI slot down to the baseboard. SLOT_ID_FL, not required as the risers are unique. Middle PCI Slot (SLOT2) Pin-Side A PCI Spec Signal 97 ZCR_PRS Not used NT_L 96 +5V 95 +5V 94 ZCR_MSKI Not used D_L 85 GND 85 RST# 84 Reserved 84 GND 83 GND 83 KEY KEY Description Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) Highest PCI Slot (SLOT3) Reserved KEY End of x16 PCI Express connector KEY 82 Reserved 82 81 GND 80 CLK1 79 Ground 78 REQ1# Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) 77 +3.3V Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 76 PME2# Active riser only, PME needed per PCI segment, reserved for passive riser, Not used on the Server Board SE7320VP2 75 AD[31] 75 PME1# For passive slots on both passive and active riser 74 AD[29] 74 PME3# Active riser only, PME needed per PCI segment reserved for passive Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) +5V Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 81 Reserved 80 GND 79 GNT2# Middle PCI Slot (SLOT2) 78 +3.3V Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 77 GNT1# Lowest PCI slot (SLOT1) 76 Ground Revision 2.1 153 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Pin-Side B PCI Spec Signal Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Description Pin-Side A PCI Spec Signal Description riser, Not used on the Server Board SE7320VP2 73 Ground 73 AD[30] 72 AD[27] 72 +3.3V 71 AD[25] 71 AD[28] 70 +3.3V 70 AD[26] 69 C/BE[3]# 69 Ground 68 AD[23] 68 AD[24] 67 Ground 67 RSVRD 66 AD[21] 66 +3.3V 65 AD[19] 65 AD[22] 64 +3.3V 64 AD[20] 63 AD[17] 63 Ground AD[31] Reserved 62 C/BE[2]# 62 AD[18] 61 Ground 61 AD[16] 60 IRDY# 60 +3.3V 59 +3.3V 59 FRAME# 58 DEVSEL# 58 Ground 57 PCI-XCAP 57 TRDY# 56 LOCK# 56 Ground 55 PERR# 55 STOP# 54 +3.3V 54 +3.3V 53 SERR# 53 SMBD Daisy chain to all slots 52 +3.3V 52 SMBCLK Daisy chain to all slots 51 C/BE[1]# 51 Ground 50 AD[14] 50 PAR 49 Ground 49 AD[15] 48 AD[12] 48 +3.3V 47 AD[10] 47 AD[13] 46 M66EN 46 AD[11] 45 Ground 45 Ground 44 Ground 44 AD[09] 43 AD[08] 43 C/BE[0]# 42 AD[07] 42 +3.3V 41 +3.3V 41 AD[06] 40 AD[05] 40 AD[04] 39 AD[03] 39 Ground 38 Ground 38 AD[02] 37 AD[01] 37 AD[00] 36 +3.3V 36 +3.3V 35 ACK64# Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V 35 REQ64# 34 +5V 34 +5V 33 +5V 33 +5V Was Vio 3.3V or 1.5V Revision 2.1 154 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Pin-Side B PCI Spec Signal Description Pin-Side A PCI Spec Signal 32 Reserved 32 +5V 31 Ground 31 C/BE[7]# 30 C/BE[6]# 30 C/BE[5]# 29 C/BE[4]# 29 Ground 28 Ground 28 PAR64 27 AD[63] 27 AD[62] 26 AD[61] 26 3.3V 25 3.3V 25 AD[60] 24 AD[59] 24 AD[58] 23 AD[57] 23 Ground 22 Ground 22 AD[56] 21 AD[55] 21 AD[54] 20 AD[53] 20 3.3V 19 Ground 19 AD[52] 18 AD[51] 18 AD[50] 17 AD[49] 17 Ground 16 3.3V 16 AD[48] 15 AD[47] 15 AD[46] 14 AD[45] 14 Ground 13 Ground 13 AD[44] 12 AD[43] 12 AD[42] KEY KEY Reversed PCI Express KEY Reversed PCI Express KEY 11 AD[41] 11 3.3V 10 Ground 10 AD[40] 9 AD[39] 9 AD[38] Description Was gnd Was VIO Was GND V 8 AD[37] 8 Ground 7 3.3V 7 AD[36] 6 AD[35] 6 AD[34] 5 AD[33] 5 Ground 4 Ground 4 AD[32] 3 Type1 Type(1:0) (1U)00 = PCI Express (1U)01 = PCI (1U)10 = N/A (1U)11 = N/A 3 PXH_RST _N 2 Type0 (2U)00=2xPCI Express+PCI (2U)01=3x PCI (2U)10=PXH 3 PCI-X-D (2U)11=No Riser 2 Ground 1 Size 0=1U, 1 = 2U 1 PXH_PWR Input to indicate to PXH on active OK riser that baseboard power is OK, Not used on the Server Board SE7320VP2 Revision 2.1 Input to reset the PXH on the active Riser, Not used on the Server Board SE7320VP2 155 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Front Panel Connectors The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides three front panel connectors: a high-density 100-pin connector (J2J1) for use in the Intel(R) Server Chassis SR1400 LC 1U and SR2400 2U with backplane installed, a 50-pin front panel connector (J1J2) used in Intel's chassis with no backplane installed, and a SSI standard 34-pin connector (J1J1) for use in third-party reference chassis. The following tables provide the pinouts for each connector. 7.3.1 Front Panel Connectors Table 86. High-density Front Panel 100-pin Header Pinout (J2J1) Pin A1 GND Signal Name Pin B1 Signal Name V_IO_VSYNC_BUFF_FP_L A2 V_IO_RED_CONN_FP B2 V_IO_HSYNC_BUFF_FP_L A3 V_IO_GREEN_CONN_FP B3 TEMP_PWM_R A4 V_IO_BLUE_CONN_FP B4 SPB_DCD_L A5 VIDEO_IN_USE B5 SPB_CTS_L A6 SPB_DTR_L B6 SPB_SOUT_L A7 SPB_RTS _L B7 SPB_EN_L A8 SPB_SIN B8 LAN_ACT_B_L A9 SPB_DSR B9 LAN_LINKB_R A10 FP_NMI_BTN_L B10 FP_CHASSIS_INTRU A11 GND B11 PS_I2C_5VSB_SCL A12 FP_ID_BTN_L B12 PS_I2C_5VSB_SDA A13 P5V_STBY B13 LAN_ACT_A_L A14 FP_RST_BTN_L B14 LAN_LINKA_R A15 HDD_FAULT_LED_L B15 FP_ID_LED_R A16 FP_PWR_BTN_L B16 IPMB_I2C_5VSB_SCL A17 HDD_LED_ACT_L B17 P5V_STBY A18 P3V3 B18 FP_STATUS_LED2_R A19 IPMB_I2C_5VSB_SDA B19 FP_STATUS_LED1_R A20 GND B20 FP_PWR_LED_L A21 P5V_STBY B21 RST_IDE_S_L A22 RST_IDE_L B22 FD_HDSEL_L A23 FD_DSKCHG_L B23 FD_RDATA_L A24 FD_WPD_L B24 FD_WDATA_L A25 FD_TRK0_L B25 FD_STEP_L A26 FD_WGATE_L B26 FD_MTR0_L A27 FD_DIR_L B27 FD_DENSEL0 A28 FD_DS0_L B28 FD_INDEX_L A29 GND B29 IDE_SDD_8 A30 IDE_SDD_7 B30 IDE_SDD_9 A31 IDE_SDD_6 B31 IDE_SDD_10 Revision 2.1 156 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Pin A32 Signal Name IDE_SDD_5 Pin B32 Signal Name IDE_SDD_11 A33 IDE_SDD_4 B33 IDE_SDD_12 A34 IDE_SDD_3 B34 IDE_SDD_13 A35 IDE_SDD_2 B35 IDE_SDD_14 A36 IDE_SDD_1 B36 IDE_SDD_15 A37 IDE_SDD_0 B37 IDE_SDDREQ A38 GND B38 IDE_SDIOW_L A39 IDE_SDDACK_L B39 IDE_SDIOR_L A40 IDE_SDA_1 B40 IDE_SIORDY A41 IDE_SDA_0 B41 IRQ_IDE_S A42 IDE_SDCS1_L B42 IDE_SDA_2 A43 IDE_SEC_HD_ACT_L B43 IDE_SDCS3_L A44 GND B44 FAN_SPEED_CNTL1 A45 FAN_TACH5 B45 R_FAN_PRESENT A46 FAN_TACH6 B46 BB_LED_FAN5_R A47 FAN_TACH7 B47 BB_LED_FAN6_R A48 FAN_TACH8 B48 BB_LED_FAN7_R A49 FAN_SPEED_CNTL2 B49 BB_LED_FAN8_R A50 P5V_STBY B50 GND Table 87. 50-pin Front Panel Connector (J1J2) Pin# 1 Signal Name PWR_LCD_5VSB Pin # 2 Signal Name PWR_LCD_5VSB 3 TP_J1H5_3 4 HDD_LED_ACT_L 5 FP_STATUS_LED1_L 6 RST_IDE_L 7 FP_STATUS_LED2_L 8 5VSTBY 9 5VSTBY 10 FP_PWR_LED_L 11 3.3V 12 IPMB_I2C_5VSB_SDA 13 GND 14 IPMB_I2C_5VSB_SCL 15 FP_ID_LED_L 16 FP_PWR_BTN_L 17 LAN_LINKB_L 18 HDD_FAULT_LED_L 19 LAN_ACT_B_L 20 FP_RST_BTN_L 21 PS_I2C_5VSB_SDA 22 GND 23 PS_I2C_5VSB_SCL 24 FP_ID_BTN_L 25 FP_CHASSIS_INTRU 26 TP_J1H5_26 27 LAN_LINKA_L 28 LAN_ACT_A_L 29 GND 30 FP_NMI_BTN_L 31 SPB_EN_L 32 SPB_DSR 33 SPB_SOUT 34 SPB_SIN 35 SPB_CTS_L 36 SPB_RTS_L 37 SPB_DCD_L 38 SPB:DTR_L 39 TEMP_PWM_R 40 VIDEO_IN_USE Revision 2.1 157 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.3.2 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 41 GND 42 V_IO_VSYNC_BUFF_FP_L 43 GND 44 V_IO_HSYNC_BUFF_FP_L 45 GND 46 V_IO_BLUE_CONN_FP 47 GND 48 V_IO_GREEN_CONN_FP_L 49 GND 50 V_IO_RED_CONN_FP_L SSI Compliant 34-pin Front Panel Connector Table 88. Front Panel SSI Standard 34-pin Connector (J1J1) 7.4 7.4.1 Pin 1 Signal Name P5V 3 Key 5 FP_PWR_LED_L 7 P5V 9 HDD_LED_ACT_R 11 FP_PWR_BTN_L 13 GND 15 Reset Button 17 GND 19 FP_SLP_BTN_L 21 GND 23 FP_NMI_BTN_L 25 Key 27 P5V_STBY 29 FP_ID_LED_L 31 FP_ID_BTN_L 33 GND Front Panel Pinout Front Panel Pinout O O Power LED O Cool Fault O O HDD LED System Fault O O Pin 2 Signal Name P5V_STBY 4 P5V_STBY 6 FP_COOL_FLT_LED_R 8 P5V_STBY 10 FP_STATUS_LED2_R LAN A Link / Act 12 LAN_ACT_A_L 14 LAN_LINKA_L SMBus 16 PS_I2C_5VSB_SDA 18 PS_I2C_5VSB_SCL 20 FP_CHASSIS_INTRU 22 LAN_ACT_B_L 24 LAN_LINKB_L O O Power Button O O Reset Button O O Sleep Button O O Intruder O O NMI O O LAN B Link / Act ID LED O O 26 Key O O 28 P5V_STBY O O 30 FP_STATUS_LED1_R O O 32 P5V 34 FP_HDD_FLT_LED_R O O O O ID Button I/O Connectors VGA Connector The following table details the pinout definition of the VGA connector (J6A1). Table 89. VGA Connector Pinout (J6A1) Pin 1 Signal Name Red (analog color signal R) 2 Green (analog color signal G) 3 Blue (analog color signal B) 4 No connection 5 GND 6 GND 7 GND Revision 2.1 158 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 7.4.2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Pin 8 GND Signal Name 9 Fused VCC (+5V) 10 GND 11 No connection 12 DDCDAT 13 HSYNC (horizontal sync) 14 VSYNC (vertical sync) 15 DDCCLK NIC Connectors The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides two RJ45 NIC connectors oriented side by side on the back edge of the board (J8A1, J8A2). The pinout for each connector is identical and is defined in the following table: Table 90. RJ-45 10/100/1000 NIC Connector Pinout (J8A1, J8A2) Pin 1 Signal Name 2 LAN_MID0P 3 LAN_MID0N 4 LAN_MID1P 5 LAN_MID2P 6 LAN_MID2N 7 LAN_MID1N 8 LAN_MID3P 9 LAN_MID3N 10 P2V5_NIC 11 LAN_LINK_1000_L (LED) 12 LAN_LINK_100_L_R (LED) 13 LAN_ACT_L (LED) 14 LAN_LINK_L_R (LED) 15 GND 16 GND Revision 2.1 159 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.4.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 ATA-100 Connector The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides one legacy ATA-100 40-pin connector (J3K1). The pinout is defined in the following table. Its signals are not tied to the ATA functionality embedded into the high-density 100-pin front panel connector. Each connector is configured to a separate ATA port embedded in the 6300ESB ICH. Table 91. ATA-100 40-pin Connector Pinout (J3K1) Pin 1 Signal Name RST_IDE_P_L Pin 2 Signal Name GND 3 IDE_PDD_7 4 IDE_PDD_8 5 IDE_PDD_6 6 IDE_PDD_9 7 IDE_PDD_5 8 IDE_PDD_10 9 IDE_PDD_4 10 IDE_PDD_11 11 IDE_PDD_3 12 IDE_PDD_12 13 IDE_PDD_2 14 IDE_PDD_13 15 IDE_PDD_1 16 IDE_PDD_14 17 IDE_PDD_0 18 IDE_PDD_15 19 GND 20 KEY 21 IDE_PDDREQ 22 GND 23 IDE_PDIOW_L 24 GND 25 IDE_PDIOR_L 26 GND 27 IDE_PIORDY 28 GND 29 IDE_PDDACK_L 30 GND 31 IRQ_IDE_P 32 Test Point 33 IDE_PDA1 34 IDE_CBL_DET_P 35 IDE_PDA0 36 IDE_PDA2 37 IDE_PDCS1_L 38 IDE_PDCS3_L 39 IDE_PRI_HD_ACT_L 40 GND Revision 2.1 160 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 7.4.4 Connectors and Jumper Blocks SATA Connectors The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides two SATA (Serial ATA) connectors: SATA-0 (J1H1) and SATA-1 (J1H4), for use with an internal SATA backplane. The pin configuration for each connector is identical and is defined in the following table. Table 92. SATA Connector Pinout (J1H1 and J1H4) 7.4.5 Pin 1 Signal Name GND1 2 S_ATA#_TX_P 3 S_ATA#_TX_N 4 GND2 5 S_ATA#_RX_N 6 S_ATA#_RX_P 7 GND3 8 GND4 9 GND5 Floppy Controller Connector The following table details the pinout of the 34-pin legacy floppy drive connector (J3K2). These signals are common to those used in the high-density 100-pin front panel connector. Concurrent use of these connectors is not supported. Table 93. Legacy 34-pin Floppy Drive Connector Pinout (J3K2) Pin 1 Signal Name GND Pin 2 Signal Name FD_DENSEL0 3 GND 4 Test Point 5 KEY 6 FD_DENSEL1 7 GND 8 FD_INDEX_L 9 GND 10 FD_MTR0_L 11 GND 12 FD_DS1_L 13 GND 14 FD_DS0_L 15 GND 16 FD_MTR1_L 17 Test Point 18 FD_DIR_L 19 GND 20 FD_STEP_L 21 GND 22 FD_WDATA_L 23 GND 24 FD_WGATE_L 25 GND 26 FD_TRK0_L 27 Test Point 28 VCC 29 GND 30 FD_RDATA_L 31 GND 32 FD_HDSEL_L 33 GND 34 FD_DSKCHG_L Revision 2.1 161 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.4.6 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Serial Port Connectors The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides one external RJ45 Serial B port (J9A2) and one internal 9-pin Serial A header (J1A3). The following tables define the pinouts for each. Table 94. External RJ-45 Serial B Port Pinout (J9A2) Pin 1 Signal Name RTS Description Request To Send 2 DTR Data Terminal Ready 3 TXD Transmit Data 4 GND Ground 5 RI Ring Indicate 6 RXD Receive Data 7 DSR / DCD Data Set Ready / Data Carrier Detect1 8 CTS Clear To Send Note: 1. A jumper block on the server board will determine whether DSR or DCD is routed to pin 7. The board will have the jumper block configured with DSR enabled at production. Table 95. Internal 9-pin Serial A Header Pinout (J1A3) Pin 1 Signal Name DCD (carrier detect) 2 DSR (data set ready) 3 RXD (receive data) 4 RTS (request to send) 5 TXD (Transmit data) 6 CTS (clear to send) 7 DTR (Data terminal ready) 8 RI (Ring Indicate) 9 Ground Revision 2.1 162 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 7.4.7 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Keyboard and Mouse Connector Two stacked PS/2 ports (J9A1) are provided to support both a keyboard and a mouse. Either PS/2 port can support a mouse or keyboard. The following table details the pinout of the PS/2 connector. Table 96. Stacked PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Port Pinout (J9A1) 7.4.8 Pin 1 Signal Name Keyboard Data 2 Test point - keyboard 3 GND 4 Keyboard / mouse power 5 Keyboard Clock 6 Test point - keyboard / mouse 7 Mouse Data 8 Test point - keyboard / mouse 9 GND 10 Keyboard / mouse power 11 Mouse Clock 12 Test point - keyboard / mouse 13 GND 14 GND 15 GND 16 GND 17 GND USB Connector The following table details the pinout of the external USB connectors (J5A1, J6A2) found on the back edge of the server board. Table 97. External USB Connector Pinout (J5A1, J6A2) Pin 1 USB_PWR Signal Name 2 DATAL0 (Differential data line paired with DATAH0) 3 DATAH0 (Differential data line paired with DATAL0) 4 GND Revision 2.1 163 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 One 1x10 connector on the baseboard (J1F1) provides an option to support an additional two USB ports. The pinout of the connector is detailed in the following table. Table 98. Internal USB Connector Pinout (J1F1) 7.5 Pin 1 Signal name USB_PWR Description USB Power (Ports 0,1) 2 USB_PWR USB Power (Ports 0,1) 3 USB_BCK4_L USB Port 0 Negative Signal 4 USB_BCK4 USB Port 0 Positive Signal 5 USB_BCK5_L USB Port 1 Negative Signal 6 USB_BCK5 USB Port 1 Positive Signal 7 Ground 8 Ground 9 TP_USB2PIN_P9 TEST POINT 10 TP_USB2PIN_P10 TEST POINT Fan Headers The baseboard provides three SSI compliant 3-pin fan connectors. Two designated as processor cooling fans: CPU1 Fan (J7F1) and CPU2 Fan (J5F2), and one designated as a PCI Fan Connector (J3K3) Table 99. SSI Fan Connector Pinout (J7F1, J5F2, J3K3) Pin 1 Signal Name Fan Tach Type Out Description FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 2 12V Power Power Supply 12V 3 Ground GND GROUND is the power supply ground Revision 2.1 164 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks In addition to the standard SSI fan headers to support the system fans, the baseboard includes a proprietary 24-pin fan connector (J3K5) to power and monitor system fans used in the Intel Server Chassis SR1400 and SR2400. The following table provides the pinout for this connector. Table 100. Intel Server Chassis Fan Header Pinout (J3K5) Pin 1 Signal Name BB_LED_FAN4_R IN Type Description 2 BB_LED_FAN2_R IN 3 BB_LED_FAN3_R IN 4 BB_LED_FAN1_R IN 5 FAN_TACH8 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 6 FAN_TACH4 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 7 FAN_TACH7 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 8 FAN_TACH3 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 9 FAN_TACH6 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 10 FAN_TACH2 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 11 FAN_TACH5 OUT FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed FAN_TACH signal is connected to the BMC to monitor the FAN speed 12 FAN_TACH1 OUT 13 GND GROUND 14 GND GROUND 15 GND GROUND 16 GND GROUND 17 FAN_SPEED_CNTL2 POWER Power supplied through fan speed control circuitry 18 FAN_SPEED_CNTL1 POWER Power supplied through fan speed control circuitry 19 FAN_SPEED_CNTL2 POWER Power supplied through fan speed control circuitry 20 FAN_SPEED_CNTL2 POWER Power supplied through fan speed control circuitry 21 BB_LED_FAN7_R IN 22 BB_LED_FAN5_R IN 23 BB_LED_FAN8_R IN 24 BB_LED_FAN6_R IN Revision 2.1 165 Intel order number C91056-002 Connectors and Jumper Blocks 7.6 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Configuration Jumpers 7.6.1 System Recovery and Update Jumpers The Server Board SE7320VP2 provides three 3-pin headers (J1H2, J1H3, J1H5), that are used to configure several system recovery and update options. Pin 1 on the jumper is denoted by "*". Figure 18. Server Board SE7320VP2 Configuration Jumpers (J1H2, J1H3, J1H5) Table 101. Recovery Jumper [J1H2, J1H3, J1H5] Jumper Name Pins What happens at system reset... J1H2: Password Clear 1-2 These pins should be jumpered for normal system operation. 2-3 If these pins are jumpered, administrator and user passwords will be cleared on the next reset. These pins should not be jumpered for normal operation. J1H3: Recovery Boot 1-2 These pins should be jumpered for normal system operation. 2-3 If these pins are jumpered, the system will attempt to recover the BIOS by loading the BIOS code into the flash device from a floppy disk. his jumper is typically used when the BIOS has become corrupted. These pins should not be jumpered for normal operation. J1H5: CMOS Clear 1-2 These pins should be jumpered for normal system operation. 2-3 If these pins are jumpered, the CMOS settings will be cleared on the next reset. These pins should not be jumpered for normal operation. Revision 2.1 166 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 7.6.2 Connectors and Jumper Blocks BIOS Select Jumper The jumper block J1A4, located just to the left of the Serial A port header, is used to select which BIOS image the system will boot using. Pin 1 on the jumper is denoted by "*". Figure 19. BIOS Select Jumper (J1A4) Table 102. BIOS Select Jumper [J1A4] Pins What happens at system reset... 1-2 System is configured for normal operation 2-3 Force BIOS to lower bank 7.6.3 External RJ45 Serial Port Jumper Block The jumper block J8A3, located directly behind the external low-profile RJ45 serial port, is used to configure either a DSR or a DCD signal to the connector. See Section 3.4.9.2.3 for additional information on serial port usage. Revision 2.1 167 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 8. Design and Environmental Specifications 8.1 Server Board SE7320VP2 Design Specification Operation of the Server Board SE7320VP2 at conditions beyond those shown in the following table may cause permanent damage to the system. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect system reliability. Table 103. Board Design Specifications 1 Operating Temperature 5 C to 50 C Non-Operating Temperature -40 C to 70 C (-40 F to 158 F) DC Voltage 5% of all nominal voltages Shock (Unpackaged) Trapezoidal, 50 g, 170 inches/sec Shock (Packaged) ( 40 lbs to < 80 lbs) 24 inches Vibration (Unpackaged) 5 Hz to 500 Hz 3.13 g RMS random Note: (R) 1. Chassis design must provide proper airflow to avoid exceeding Intel XeonTM processor maximum case temperature. Note: Intel Corporation server boards contain a number of high-density VLSI and power delivery components that need adequate airflow to cool. Intel ensures through its own chassis development and testing that when Intel server building blocks are used together, the fully integrated system will meet the intended thermal requirements of these components. It is the responsibility of the system integrator who chooses not to use Intel developed server building blocks to consult vendor datasheets and operating parameters to determine the amount of air flow required for their specific application and environmental conditions. Intel Corporation cannot be held responsible, if components fail or the server board does not operate correctly when used outside any of their published operating or non-operating limits. 8.2 Power Supply Requirements Note: The information provided in this section was derived from Intel's 450W power supply specification designed for use in the Intel(R) Server Chassis SR1400 LC. The figures provided and the values in the tables are meant for reference purposes only and are based on a 1U rack server configuration. Variations in system configurations may produce different values. Revision 2.1 168 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 8.2.1 Design and Environmental Specifications Output Connectors Listed or recognized component appliance wiring material (AVLV2), CN, rated min 105C, 300Vdc shall be used for all output wiring. Note: The following diagram shows the power harness spec drawing as defined for use in Intel server chassis. Reference chassis designs may or may not require all of the connectors shown and different wiring material may be needed to meet specific platform requirements. Figure 20. Power Harness Specification Drawing Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM ALL TOLERANCES ARE +10 MM / -0 MM INSTALL 1 TIE WRAP WITHIN 12MM OF THE PSU CAGE MARK REFERENCE DESIGNATOR ON EACH CONNECTOR TIE WRAP EACH HARNESS AT APPROX. MID POINT TIE WRAP P1 WITH 2 TIES AT APPROXIMATELY 15M SPACING. P4 HARNESS IS ARESERVED FOR THE FUTURE ONLY, NO PLEMENTATION IS NEEDED CURRENTLY. TIE WRAP P1 AND P2 TOGETHER AT THIS POINT. Revision 2.1 169 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 P1 Main Power Connector Connector housing: 24-pin Molex* Mini-Fit Jr. 39-01-2245 or equivalent Contact: Molex Mini-Fit, HCS, female, crimp 44476 or equivalent Table 104. P1 Main Power Connector Pin 1 SIgnal +3.3 VDC 18 AWG Color Orange Pin 13 SIgnal +3.3 VDC 18 AWG Color Orange 2 +3.3 VDC Orange 14 -12 VDC Blue 3 COM Black 15 COM Black 4 +5 VDC* Red 16 PSON# Green 5 COM Black 17 COM Black 6 +5 VDC Red 18 COM Black 7 COM Black 19 COM Black 8 PWR OK Gray 20 Reserved N.C. 9 5VSB Purple 21 +5 VDC Red 10 +12V3 Yellow/Blue Stripe 22 +5 VDC Red 11 +12V3 Yellow/Blue Stripe 23 +5 VDC Red 12 +3.3 VDC Orange 24 COM Black Notes: 5V Remote Sense Double Crimped into pin 4. 3.3V Locate Sense Double Crimped into pin 2. P2 Processor Power Connector Connector housing: 8-pin Molex 39-01-2085 or equivalent Contact: Molex 44476-1111 or equivalent Table 105. P2 Processor Power Connector Pin 1 SIgnal COM 18 AWG Color Black Pin 5 SIgnal +12V1 18 AWG Color Yellow 2 COM Black 6 +12V1 Yellow 3 COM Black 7 +12V2 Yellow/Black Stripe 4 COM Black 8 +12V2 Yellow/Black Stripe Revision 2.1 170 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Design and Environmental Specifications P3 Power Signal Connector Connector housing: 5-pin Molex 50-57-9705 or equivalent Contacts: Molex 16-02-0087 or equivalent Table 106. P3 Baseboard Signal Connector Pin 1 SIgnal I2C Clock 24 AWG Color White/Green Stripe 2 I2C Data White/Yellow Stripe 3 Alert# White 4 COM Black 5 3.3RS White/Brown Stripe P7 Hard Drive Back Plane Power Connector Connector housing: 6-pin Molex Mini-Fit Jr. PN# 39-01-2065 or equivalent Contact: Molex Mini-Fit, HCS, female, crimp 44476 or equivalent Table 107. P7 Hard Drive Power Connector Pin 1 8.2.2 Signal Ground 18 AWG Color Black 2 Ground Black 3 5V Red 4 +12V3 Yellow/Blue Stripe 5 +12V3 Yellow/Blue Stripe 6 5VSB Purple Grounding The ground of the pins of the power supply output connector provides the power return path. The output connector ground pins shall be connected to safety ground (power supply enclosure). This grounding must be designed to ensure passing the maximum allowed Common Mode Noise levels. The power supply shall be provided with a reliable protective earth ground. All secondary circuits shall be connected to protective earth ground. Resistance of the ground returns to chassis shall not exceed 1.0 m. This path may be used to carry DC current. Revision 2.1 171 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications 8.2.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Remote Sense The power supply has remote sense return (ReturnS) to regulate out ground drops for all output voltages; +3.3V, +5V, +12V1, +12V2, +12V3, -12V, and 5VSB. The power supply uses remote sense (3.3VS) to regulate out drops in the system for the +3.3V output. The +5V, +12V1, +12V2, +12V3, -12V, and 5VSB outputs only use remote sense referenced to the ReturnS signal. The remote sense input impedance to the power supply must be greater than 200 on 3.3VS, 5VS. This is the value of the resistor connecting the remote sense to the output voltage internal to the power supply. Remote sense must be able to regulate out a minimum of 200mV drop on the +3.3V output. The remote sense return (ReturnS) must be able to regulate out a minimum of 200mV drop in the power ground return. The current in any remote sense line shall be less than 5mA to prevent voltage sensing errors. The power supply must operate within specification over the full range of voltage drops from the power supply's output connector to the remote sense points. 8.2.4 Standby Outputs The 5VSB output shall be present when an AC input greater than the power supply turn on voltage is applied. 8.2.5 Voltage Regulation The power supply output voltages must stay within the following voltage limits when operating at steady state and dynamic loading conditions. These limits include the peak-peak ripple/noise. All outputs are measured with reference to the return remote sense signal (ReturnS). The 5V, 12V1, 12V2, +12V3, -12V and 5VSB outputs are measured at the power supply connectors referenced to ReturnS. The +3.3V is measured at it remote sense signal (3.3VS) located at the signal connector. Table 108. Voltage Regulation Limits Parameter + 3.3V Tolerance - 5% / +5% Minimum +3.14 Nominal +3.30 Maximum +3.46 Units Vrms + 5V - 5% / +5% +4.75 +5.00 +5.25 Vrms + 12V1 - 5% / +5% +11.40 +12.00 +12.60 Vrms + 12V2 - 5% / +5% +11.40 +12.00 +12.60 Vrms + 12V3 - 5% / +5% +11.40 +12.00 +12.60 Vrms - 12V - 5% / +9% -11.40 -12.00 -13.08 Vrms + 5VSB - 5% / +5% +4.75 +5.00 +5.25 Vrms Revision 2.1 172 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 8.2.6 Design and Environmental Specifications Dynamic Loading The output voltages shall remain within limits specified for the step loading and capacitive loading specified in the table below. The load transient repetition rate shall be tested between 50Hz and 5kHz at duty cycles ranging from 10%-90%. The load transient repetition rate is only a test specification. The step load may occur anywhere within the MIN load to the MAX load conditions. Table 109. Transient Load Requirements +3.3V Step Load Size (See note 2) 5.0A 0.25 A/sec 250 F +5V 4.0A 0.25 A/sec 400 F 12V1+12V2+12V3 20.0A 0.25 A/sec 2200 F +5VSB 0.5A 0.25 A/sec 20 F Output Load Slew Rate Test Capacitive Load 1, 3 Notes 1. 2. Step loads on each 12V output may happen simultaneously. For Load Range 2 (light system loading), the tested step load size should be 60% of those listed. 3. The +12V should be tested with 1000F evenly split between the three +12V rails. 8.2.7 Capacitive Loading The power supply shall be stable and meet all requirements with the following capacitive loading ranges. Table 110. Capacitve Loading Conditions 8.2.8 Output +3.3V 250 MIN MAX 6,800 F Units +5V 400 4,700 F +12V(1, 2, 3) 500 each 11,000 F -12V 1 350 F +5VSB 20 350 F Closed Loop Stability The power supply shall be unconditionally stable under all line/load/transient load conditions including capacitive load ranges. A minimum of: 45 degrees phase margin and -10dB-gain margin is required. Closed-loop stability must be ensured at the maximum and minimum loads as applicable. 8.2.9 Common Mode Noise The Common Mode noise on any output shall not exceed 350mV pk-pk over the frequency band of 10Hz to 30MHz. Revision 2.1 173 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications 8.2.10 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Ripple / Noise The maximum allowed ripple/noise output of the power supply is defined in the following table. This is measured over a bandwidth of 0Hz to 20MHz at the power supply output connectors. Table 111. Ripple and Noise +3.3V 50mVp-p 8.2.11 +5V 50mVp-p +12V1/2 120mVp-p -12V 120mVp-p +5VSB 50mVp-p Soft Starting The power supply shall contain a control circuit that provides monotonic soft start for its outputs without overstress of the AC line or any power supply components at any specified AC line or load conditions. There is no requirement for rise time on the 5V Standby but the turn on/off shall be monotonic. 8.2.12 Zero Load Stability Requirements When the power subsystem operates in a no load condition, it does not need to meet the output regulation specification, but it must operate without any tripping of over-voltage or other fault circuitry. When the power subsystem is subsequently loaded, it must begin to regulate and source current without fault. Each output voltage may not be internally diode isolated. At the same time failure in the primary side of one power supply doesn't cause the other to shut down. 8.2.13 Timing Requirements These are the timing requirements for the power supply operation. The output voltages must rise from 10% to within regulation limits (Tvout_rise) within 5 to 70ms, except for 5VSB - it is allowed to rise from 1.0 to 70ms. The +3.3V, +5V and +12V output voltages should start to rise approximately at the same time. All outputs must rise monotonically. The +5V output needs to be greater than the +3.3V output during any point of the voltage rise. The +5V output must never be greater than the +3.3V output by more than 2.25V. Each output voltage shall reach regulation within 50ms (Tvout_on) of each other during turn on of the power supply. Each output voltage shall fall out of regulation within 400msec (Tvout_off) of each other during turn off. The following figures show the timing requirements for the power supply being turned on and off via the AC input, with PSON held low and the PSON signal, with the AC input applied. Table 112. Output Voltage Timing Item Tvout_rise Description Output voltage rise time from each main output. Tvout_on T vout_off Minimum 5.0 * Maximum 70 * Units msec All main outputs must be within regulation of each other within this time. 50 msec All main outputs must leave regulation within this time. 400 msec Note: The 5VSB output voltage rise time shall be from 1.0ms to 25.0ms Revision 2.1 174 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Design and Environmental Specifications Vout V1 10% Vout V2 V3 V4 Tvout Tvout_off rise Tvout_on Figure 21. Output Voltage Timing Table 113. Turn On/Off Timing Item Tsb_on_delay Description Delay from AC being applied to 5VSB being within regulation. T ac_on_delay Delay from AC being applied to all output voltages being within regulation. Tvout_holdup Time all output voltages stay within regulation after loss of AC. 21 msec Tpwok_holdup Delay from loss of AC to de-assertion of PWOK 20 msec # Minimum Maximum 1500 Units msec 2500 msec Tpson_on_delay Delay from PSON active to output voltages within regulation limits. T pson_pwok Delay from PSON deactive to PWOK being de-asserted. Tpwok_on Delay from output voltages within regulation limits to PWOK asserted at turn on. 100 T pwok_off Delay from PWOK de-asserted to output voltages (3.3V, 5V, 12V, -12V) dropping out of regulation limits. 1 msec Tpwok_low Duration of PWOK being in the de-asserted state during an off/on cycle using AC or the PSON signal. 100 msec Tsb_vout Delay from 5VSB being in regulation to O/Ps being in regulation at AC turn on. 50 T5VSB_holdup Time the 5VSB output voltage stays within regulation after loss of AC. 70 5 # Revision 2.1 400 msec 50 msec 1000 msec 1000 msec msec 175 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 AC Input Tvout_holdup Vout Tpwok_low TAC_on_delay Tsb_on_delay Tpwok_on PWOK 5VSB Tpwok_off Tsb_on_delay Tpwok_on Tpwok_off Tpson_pwok Tpwok_holdup T5VSB_holdup Tsb_vout Tpson_on_delay PSON AC turn on/off cycle PSON turn on/off cycle Figure 22. Turn On/Off Timing (Power Supply Signals) 8.2.14 Residual Voltage Immunity in Standby Mode The power supply should be immune to any residual voltage placed on its outputs (Typically a leakage voltage through the system from standby output) up to 500mV. There shall be no additional heat generated, nor stress of any internal components with this voltage applied to any individual output, and all outputs simultaneously. It also should not trip the protection circuits during turn on. The residual voltage at the power supply outputs for no load condition shall not exceed 100mV when AC voltage is applied. Revision 2.1 176 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 8.3 Design and Environmental Specifications Product Regulatory Compliance 8.3.1 Product Safety Compliance The Server Board SE7320VP2 complies with the following safety requirements: UL 1950 - CSA 950 (US/Canada) EN 60 950 (European Union) IEC60 950 (International) CE - Low Voltage Directive (73/23/EEC) (European Union) EMKO-TSE (74-SEC) 207/94 (Nordics) GOST R 50377-92 (Russia) 8.3.2 Product EMC Compliance The Server Board SE7320VP2 has been tested and verified to comply with the following electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) regulations when installed a compatible Intel(R) host system. For information on compatible host system(s) refer to Intel's Server Builder Web site or contact your local Intel representative. FCC (Class A Verification) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (USA) ICES-003 (Class A) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Canada) CISPR 22, 3rd Edition (Class A) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (International) EN55022 (Class A) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (European Union) EN55024 (Immunity) (European Union) CE - EMC Directive (89/336/EEC) (European Union) VCCI (Class A) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Japan) AS/NZS 3548 (Class A) - Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Australia / New Zealand) RRL (Class A) Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Korea) BSMI CNS13438 (Class A) Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Taiwan) GOST R 29216-91 (Class A) Radiated and Conducted Emissions (Russia) GOST R 50628-95 (Immunity) (Russia) Revision 2.1 177 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications 8.3.3 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Product Regulatory Compliance Markings This product is marked with the following Product Certification Markings: Table 114. Product Certification Markings UL Recognition Mark CE Mark Russian GOST Mark Australian C-Tick Mark BSMI DOC Marking BSMI EMC Warning RRL MIC Mark 8.4 8.4.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Notices FCC (USA) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For questions related to the EMC performance of this product, contact: Intel Corporation 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway Hillsboro, OR 97124 1-800-628-8686 Revision 2.1 178 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Design and Environmental Specifications This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit other than the one to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the grantee of this device could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The customer is responsible for ensuring compliance of the modified product. Only peripherals (computer input/output devices, terminals, printers, etc.) that comply with FCC Class A or B limits may be attached to this computer product. Operation with noncompliant peripherals is likely to result in interference to radio and TV reception. All cables used to connect to peripherals must be shielded and grounded. Operation with cables, connected to peripherals, that are not shielded and grounded may result in interference to radio and TV reception. 8.4.2 Industry Canada (ICES-003) This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the interference-causing equipment standard entitled: "Digital Apparatus," ICES-003 of the Canadian Department of Communications. Cet appareil numerique respecte les limites bruits radioelectriques applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A prescrites dans la norme sur le materiel brouilleur: "Apparelis Numeriques", NMB-003 edictee par le Ministre Canadian des Communications. 8.4.3 Europe (CE Declaration of Conformity) This product has been tested in accordance too, and complies with the Low Voltage Directive (73/23/EEC) and EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). The product has been marked with the CE Mark to illustrate its compliance. 8.4.4 Taiwan Declaration of Conformity This product has been tested and complies with CNS13438. The product has been marked with the BSMI DOC mark to illustrate compliance. Revision 2.1 179 Intel order number C91056-002 Design and Environmental Specifications 8.4.5 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Korean RRL Compliance This product has been tested and complies with MIC Notices No. 1997-41 and 1997-42. The product has been marked with the MIC logo to illustrate compliance. The English translation for the above is as follows: 1. Type of Equipment (Model Name): SE7320VP2 2. Certification No.: Contact Intel Representative 3. Name of Certification Recipient: Intel 4. Date of Manufacturer: Marked on Product 5. Manufacturer / Nation : Intel 8.4.6 Australia / New Zealand This product has been tested and complies with AS/NZS 3548. The product has been marked with the C-Tick mark to illustrate compliance. Revision 2.1 180 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Appendix A: Integration and Usage Tips Appendix A: Integration and Usage Tips The Server Board SE7320VP2, as integrated into the Server Chassis SR1400 LC to form the Server Platform SR1435VP2 or in the Server Chassis SR2400, will support FCC Class A with 3dB of margin. The margin of compliance can be greatly improved if shielded Ethernet cables are used. When adding or removing components or peripherals from the server board, AC power must be removed. With AC plugged in to the server board, 5-volt standby is still present even though the server board is powered off. Processors must be installed in order. CPU 1 is located near the edge of the server board and must be populated to operate the board. On the back edge of the server board are four diagnostic LEDs which display a sequence of Red, Green, or Amber POST codes during the boot process. Should your server board hang during POST, the LEDs will display the last POST event run before the hang. The decoder for these POST code LED sequences can be found in section 6.5 of this document. The active riser card is not supported on the Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2. Slots in the full-height riser should be populated bottom to top in the 2U system. Revision 2.1 181 Intel order number C91056-002 Glossary Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Glossary This appendix contains important terms used in the preceding chapters. For ease of use, numeric entries are listed first (e.g., "82460GX") with alpha entries following (e.g., "AGP 4x"). Acronyms are then entered in their respective place, with non-acronyms following. Term ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Definition AP Application Processor APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Control ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit BIOS Basic Input/Output System BIST Built-In Self Test BMC Baseboard Management Controller Bridge Circuitry connecting one computer bus to another, allowing an agent on one to access the other BSP Bootstrap Processor byte 8-bit quantity. CBC Chassis Bridge Controller (A microcontroller connected to one or more other CBCs, together they bridge the IPMB buses of multiple chassis. CEK Common Enabling Kit CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CMOS In terms of this specification, this describes the PC-AT compatible region of battery-backed 128 bytes of memory, which normally resides on the baseboard. DPC Direct Platform Control EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory EHCI Enhanced Host Controller Interface EMP Emergency Management Port EPS External Product Specification FMB Flexible Mother Board FMC Flex Management Connector FMM Flex Management Module FRB Fault Resilient Booting FRU Field Replaceable Unit FSB Front Side Bus GB 1024 MB GPIO General Purpose I/O GTL Gunning Transceiver Logic HSC Hot-Swap Controller Hz Hertz (1 cycle/second) I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit Bus IA Intel Architecture IBF Input Buffer ICH I/O Controller Hub ICMB Intelligent Chassis Management Bus IERR Internal Error IFB I/O and Firmware Bridge (R) Revision 2.1 182 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Term INTR Interrupt IP Internet Protocol Glossary Definition IPMB Intelligent Platform Management Bus IPMI Intelligent Platform Management Interface IR Infrared ITP In-Target Probe KB 1024 bytes KCS Keyboard Controller Style LAN Local Area Network LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LPC Low Pin Count LUN Logical Unit Number MAC Media Access Control MB 1024 KB mBMC National Semiconductor(c) PC87431x mini BMC MCH Memory Controller Hub MD2 Message Digest 2 - Hashing Algorithm MD5 Message Digest 5 - Hashing Algorithm - Higher Security ms milliseconds MTTR Memory Tpe Range Register Mux Multiplexor NIC Network Interface Controller NMI Nonmaskable Interrupt OBF Output Buffer OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Ohm Unit of electrical resistance PEF Platform Event Filtering PEP Platform Event Paging PIA Platform Information Area (This feature configures the firmware for the platform hardware) PLD Programmable Logic Device PMI Platform Management Interrupt POST Power-On Self Test PSMI Power Supply Management Interface PWM Pulse-Width Modulation RAM Random Access Memory RASUM Reliability, Availability, Serviceability, Usability, and Manageability RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computing ROM Read Only Memory RTC Real-Time Clock (Component of ICH peripheral chip on the baseboard) SDR Sensor Data Record SECC Single Edge Connector Cartridge SEEPROM Serial Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory SEL System Event Log Revision 2.1 183 Intel order number C91056-002 Glossary Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Term Definition SIO Server Input/Output SMI Server Management Interrupt (SMI is the highest priority nonmaskable interrupt) SMM Server Management Mode SMS Server Management Software SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol TBD To Be Determined TIM Thermal Interface Material UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter UDP User Datagram Protocol UHCI Universal Host Controller Interface UTC Universal time coordinare VID Voltage Identification VRD Voltage Regulator Down Word 16-bit quantity ZIF Zero Insertion Force Revision 2.1 184 Intel order number C91056-002 Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 Reference Documents Reference Documents See the following documents for additional information: Intel(R) Server Board SE7320VP2 BIOS External Product Specification. Intel Corporation Mini Baseboard Management Controller mBMC Core External Product Specification. Intel Corporation Intel(R) Server Chassis SR1400 LC and SR2400 Technical Product Specification, Intel Corporation. Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification. Intel Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Toshiba Corporation. Intelligent Chassis Management Bus (ICMB) Specification, Version 1.0. Intel Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, NEC Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation. Intelligent Platform Management Bus Communications Protocol Specification, Version 1.0. 1998. Intel Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, NEC Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation. Intelligent Platform Management Interface Specification, Version 1.5. Intel Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, NEC Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation. Platform Management FRU Information Storage Definition. 1998. Intel Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, NEC Corporation, Dell Computer Corporation. http://developer.intel.com/design/servers/ipmi/spec.htm The I2C Bus and How to Use It, January 1992. Phillips Semiconductors. Power Supply Management Interface (PSMI), Revision 1.4, 2003. Intel Corporation Revision 2.1 185 Intel order number C91056-002